e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
2010
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File
No. 000-25826
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0201147
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
4300 North First Street
San Jose, CA 95134
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market
|
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the
Act:
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the Registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ |
Accelerated
filer o |
Non-accelerated
filer o |
Smaller
reporting
company o |
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
Based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market on July 2, 2010, the aggregate market
value of the voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant was $500,999,923. Shares of Common Stock held by each
executive officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or
more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that
such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination
of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive
determination for other purposes.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrants Common
Stock, $.001 par value, was 113,873,904 on
February 11, 2011.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrants 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010) are
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
HARMONIC
INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
2
Forward
Looking Statements
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are forward-looking statements that involve risk and
uncertainties. The statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, without limitation,
statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or
strategies regarding the future. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terminology such as,
may, will, should,
expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, intends,
estimates, predicts,
potential, or continue or the negative
of these terms or other comparable terminology. These
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements regarding:
|
|
|
|
|
developing trends in the broadcasting and television business;
|
|
|
|
new and future products and services;
|
|
|
|
capital spending of our customers in 2011;
|
|
|
|
our strategic direction, future business plans and growth
strategy;
|
|
|
|
industry and customer consolidation;
|
|
|
|
anticipated changes in economic conditions or the financial
markets, and the potential impact on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows;
|
|
|
|
the expected demand for and benefits of our products and
services;
|
|
|
|
seasonality of revenue and concentration of revenue sources;
|
|
|
|
anticipated benefits of recent acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
potential future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated results of potential or actual
litigation;
|
|
|
|
our competitive environment;
|
|
|
|
the impact of governmental regulation;
|
|
|
|
the impact of uncertain economic times and markets;
|
|
|
|
anticipated revenue and expenses, including the sources of such
revenue and expenses;
|
|
|
|
expected impacts of changes in accounting rules;
|
|
|
|
use of cash, cash needs and ability to raise capital; and
|
|
|
|
the condition of our cash investments.
|
These statements are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual
results to differ materially from those implied by the
forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause
actual results to differ from expectations include those
discussed in Risk Factors beginning on page 19
in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are based on information available to us on the date thereof,
and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking
statements. The terms Harmonic, the
Company, we, us,
its, and our, as used in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and its predecessors
as a combined entity, except where the context requires
otherwise.
3
PART I
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video infrastructure products and system solutions that enable
our customers to efficiently create, prepare and deliver
broadcast and on-demand video services to televisions, personal
computers, or PCs, and mobile devices. Historically, the
majority of our sales have been derived from sales of video
processing solutions and network edge and access systems to
cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. More recently, we are providing our video
processing solutions to telecommunications companies, or telcos,
broadcasters and other media companies that create video
programming or offer video services. In September 2010, we
acquired Omneon, Inc., a private, venture-backed company
specializing in file-based infrastructure for the production,
preparation and playout of video content typically deployed by
broadcasters, satellite operators, content owners and other
media companies. The acquisition of Omneon is complementary to
Harmonics core business, expanding our customer reach into
content providers and extending our product lines into video
servers and video-optimized storage for content production and
playout.
INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
Demand
for Video Services
The delivery of television programming and Internet-based
information and communication services to consumers is
converging, driven by changes in consumer lifestyles, advances
in technology and by changes in the regulatory and competitive
environments. Viewers of video increasingly seek a more
personalized and dynamic video experience that can be delivered
to a variety of devices, ranging from widescreen high-definition
televisions, or HDTVs, to mobile devices, including
smart phones. In part driven by the growth in video
consumption devices, the demand for video content has also
increased, putting pressure on content providers to
cost-effectively produce more high-quality content and make it
available on as many platforms as possible. Today, there are a
number of developing trends which impact the broadcasting and
television business and that of our customers who originate and
deliver video programming. These trends distinctly impact both
service providers and content providers in unique ways.
Service
Provider Trends
Service providers face increasing competition for consumers of
video content and are moving quickly to provide a more
personalized, on-demand video experience to consumers. Consumers
want to view video content at any time, from any location and on
any device. Service providers face intense pressure to satisfy
these demands, and they see a number of trends, including the
following, driving their business:
On-Demand
Services
The expanding use of digital video recorders and network-based
video on demand, or VOD, services is leading to changes in the
way subscribers watch television programming in the home.
Subscribers are increasingly utilizing time-shifting
and ad-skipping technology. Further advances in
technology are accelerating these trends, with cable, satellite
and telco operators announcing initiatives, often in conjunction
with network broadcasters, to increasingly personalize
subscribers video viewing experience, including the
delivery of programming directly to broadband enabled TV sets,
computers and mobile devices, in addition to conventional
television sets.
High-Definition
Television
The increasing popularity of HDTV and home theater equipment is
putting competitive pressure on broadcasters and
pay-TV
providers to offer additional HDTV content and higher quality
video signals for both standard and high definition services,
including initiatives to broadcast in the 1080p standard of HDTV
and, more recently,
4
3D. At the end of 2010, both of the major U.S. direct
broadcast satellite, or DBS, operators and multiple major cable
system operators were offering hundreds of national and local HD
channels to their subscribers across the country.
The
Internet and Other Video Distribution Methods
Several companies, including Google, Apple, Hulu, and Netflix,
as well as traditional broadcasters such as NBC and ESPN, now
enable their customers to stream video content to PCs and mobile
devices. Devices that link broadband connections and PCs to the
television set are gaining in popularity. We believe that the
delivery of video over the Internet will continue to change
traditional video viewing habits and distribution methods and
also potentially alter the traditional subscription business
model of the major
pay-TV
service providers.
Mobile
Video
Many telcos and other providers in the U.S. and abroad have
launched both broadcast and on-demand video services to cellular
telephones and other mobile devices. Certain cable operators
have entered into agreements with mobile phone operators that
are likely to lead to further expansion of mobile video
services. These trends are expected to increase the demand from
service providers for sophisticated and versatile digital video
storage and processing systems, which are required to acquire
video content from a variety of sources and deliver it to the
subscriber on several different devices in several different
formats.
Content
Provider Trends
As the number of video consumption platforms increase and
service provider competition creates more opportunities to reach
consumers, content providers are facing increasing demands for
more content and in many more formats. The process of producing
and preparing content for multi-screen delivery means that
content providers must become more efficient to keep up with
demand. At the same time, content providers realize that their
ownership of content rights gives them market power, with many
content providers now looking at launching their own content
distribution initiatives to reach consumers directly. Impacting
content providers are several important trends, including:
Demand
for High-Quality HD Content
With service providers adding more HD channels and consumers
viewing HD television content on ever-larger screens and home
theater environments, the demand for more and higher-quality HD
programming continues to escalate. From sports to news to
episodic to movies, content providers face increasing pressure
to deliver the highest quality HD programming across all types
of programming, driving an accelerating transition from SD to HD.
Content
Format Proliferation
As service providers seek to deliver more video services to more
devices and platforms, they are increasingly requiring content
providers to supply content that is properly formatted for each
device. With the number of devices continuing to grow, lack of
consistent video standards mean that content providers must
reformat and package their content in dozens of different
formats so that their content is viewable across all of these
different devices.
Fragmentation
of Revenue Sources
As consumers divide their viewing across a wider range of
devices, the revenues associated with content correspondingly
are divided across all of the different viewing outlets. While
total content revenues, either from advertising or subscription
fees, may remain stable or even increase, the amount of total
revenue available to support any particular format or viewing
platform may decrease, causing content providers to become more
efficient and cost-effective in the production and packaging of
their content.
Move
to File-Based Workflows
From newsrooms to Hollywood studios, there has been a growing
shift from traditional tape-based acquisition and production to
a more file-based workflow, where video content is captured,
compressed, stored and edited as a
5
file residing in a storage system. The move to video file-based
production streamlines the production process because content
can be more readily shared across multiple production
applications and various media processing tasks can be performed
on stored content in a
faster-than-real-time
manner.
These trends are driving content providers to invest in video
file infrastructure that will help them produce more content,
faster and more cost-effectively, with server and storage
solutions that will enable them to provide content in the widest
possible range of formats and at the highest possible quality.
The
Market Opportunity
Personalized video services, such as VOD, and the increasing
amounts of high definition content, as well as an expanding
amount of video transmitted over Internet connections, pose
challenges to both content producers and service providers. For
content producers, the increase in high-quality video
consumption across these new services requires high-performance,
reliable video production, transcoding and playout
infrastructure in order to support the increased production and
playout workload. Existing tape-based operations are inadequate
for keeping up with the fast-paced demands for new content, new
channels and new formats for video content. File-based
production storage, high-throughput media transformation and
server-based playout enable content producers to meet these
growing demands.
For service providers, providing access to all these new forms
of content requires more sophisticated video processing
capabilities and greater bandwidth to the home in order to
deliver maximum choice and flexibility to the subscriber. In
addition, the delivery of live television and downloadable
content to cellular telephones and other mobile devices creates
bandwidth constraints and network management challenges. The
demand for more bandwidth-intensive video, voice and data
content has strained existing communications networks,
especially where video is received and processed, and in the
last mile of the communications infrastructure,
where homes connect to the local network. The upgrade and
extension of existing processing capabilities and distribution
networks, or the construction of completely new environments to
facilitate the processing and delivery of high-speed broadband
video, voice and data services, requires substantial
expenditures and often the replacement of significant portions
of the existing infrastructure. As a result, service providers
are seeking solutions that maximize the efficiency of existing
available bandwidth and cost-effectively manage and transport
digital traffic within networks, while minimizing the need to
construct new networks for the distribution of video, voice and
data content.
Competition
and Deregulation
Competition for traditional service providers in the cable and
satellite markets has intensified as offerings from
non-traditional providers of video, such as telcos, new media
companies and mobile operators, are beginning to attract
customers. The economic success of existing and new service
providers in this increasingly competitive environment will
depend, to a large extent, on their ability to provide a broad
range of offerings that package video, voice and data services
for subscribers. These services all need to be delivered in a
highly reliable manner with easy access to a service
providers network. This increasingly competitive
environment led to higher capital spending by many of the market
participants in 2007 and 2008, in an effort to deploy attractive
packages of services and to capture and retain high
revenue-generating subscribers. However, capital spending
declined significantly in 2009 in response to the global
economic slowdown, generally returning to more normal levels in
2010.
Similar competitive factors and the liberalization of regulatory
regimes in foreign countries have led to the establishment
abroad of new or expanded cable television networks, the launch
of new DBS services and the entry of telephone companies into
the business of providing video services.
Pay-TV
services have recently seen significant investments in emerging
markets due to deregulation, consolidation of operators, and
growing disposable incomes.
We expect competition among our customers to remain intense and
pay-TV
services to continue to grow in 2011, particularly in the
U.S. and in most other developed countries. Accordingly, we
anticipate that capital spending by most of our domestic and
international customers in developed countries will continue at
normal levels, or increase, in 2011. Although the adverse impact
of recent global economic conditions and tight credit markets on
customers in a few developed countries and in some emerging
market countries may persist in 2011, we expect that capital
spending by many of those customers are likely to continue at
normal levels, or, increase, in 2011.
6
Our
Cable Market
To address increasing competition and demand for high-speed
broadband services, cable operators have widely introduced
digital video, voice and data services. By offering bundled
packages of broadband services, cable operators seek to obtain a
competitive advantage over telephone companies and DBS providers
and to create additional revenue streams. More recently, cable
operators have been introducing services that enable their
subscribers to access programming for which they are authorized
on computers and mobile devices. These services are intended to
attract and retain subscribers who may otherwise choose to
download and watch video programming from alternative providers
on the Internet.
Cable operators have upgraded their facilities and networks to
offer digital video, which enables them to provide more channels
and better picture quality than analog video, allowing them to
better compete against the substantial penetration of DBS
services. These upgrades to digital video also allow cable
operators to offer HDTV and interactive services, such as VOD,
on their digital platforms. Capital spending on upgrades
includes investment in digital video equipment that can receive,
process and distribute content from a variety of sources in
increasingly complex facilities. For example, VOD services
require video storage equipment and servers and systems to
ingest, store and intelligently distribute increasing amounts of
content, complemented by edge devices capable of routing,
multiplexing and modulating in order to deliver signals to
individual subscribers over a hybrid fiber-coaxial, or HFC,
network.
Many cable operators are now conducting trials of delivery of
similar services to PCs and mobile devices. Additionally, the
provision of HDTV channels requires deployment of
high-definition encoders and significantly more available
bandwidth than the equivalent number of standard definition
channels. In order to provide more bandwidth for such services,
operators are adopting bandwidth optimization techniques, such
as switched digital video, and making enhancements to their
optical networks, including the segmentation of nodes and the
extension of bandwidth from 750 MHz to up to 1 GHz.
Our
Satellite Market
Over 100 satellite operators around the world have established
digital television services that serve tens of millions of
subscribers. These services are capable of providing up to
several hundred channels of high quality standard definition
video, as well as increasing numbers of high definition
channels. DBS services, however, operate mostly in a one-way
environment. Signals are transmitted from an uplink center to a
satellite and then beamed to dishes located at subscribers
homes. This method is suited to the delivery of broadcast
television, but does not allow two-way services, such as
Internet access or VOD.
As cable operators expand the number of channels offered and
introduce services such as VOD and HDTV, DBS providers are
seeking to protect and expand their subscriber base in a number
of ways. Domestic DBS operators have made local channels
available in all major markets in standard definition format and
offer local channels in high definition in most markets.
Continuing advances in digital video compression technology
allow DBS operators to cost-effectively add these new channels
and to further expand their video entertainment offerings.
Certain DBS operators have also entered into partnerships with,
or have acquired, companies that provide terrestrial broadband
services, thereby allowing them to introduce two-way services,
such as VOD and high-speed data, which are delivered over the
broadband connections. The new services, particularly HDTV, pose
continuing bandwidth challenges and are expected to require
ongoing capital expenditures for satellite capacity and other
infrastructure by such operators. Like their cable competitors,
DBS companies have made acquisitions or introduced technologies
that allow their subscribers to access certain programming on
PCs and mobile devices.
Our
Telco Market
Telcos are also facing increasing competition and demand for
high-speed residential broadband services, as well as saturation
of fixed-line and basic mobile services. Consequently, many
telcos around the world have added video services as a
competitive response to cable and satellite operators and as a
potential source of revenue growth. However, the telcos
legacy networks are not well equipped to offer video services.
The bandwidth and distance limitations of the copper-based
last mile present difficulties in providing multiple
video services to widespread
7
geographic areas. Multi-channel video, especially HDTV,
delivered over DSL lines has significant bandwidth constraints,
but the use of video compression technology at very low bit
rates and improvements in DSL technology have allowed many
operators to introduce competitive video services using Internet
Protocol, or IPTV. A few operators, including Verizon, are
building out fiber networks to homes, enabling the delivery of
hundreds of video channels, as well as very high speed delivery
of data. Because of increases in network capacity and the
growing capabilities of smart phones, many major
telcos around the world now offer a variety of mobile video
services to their subscribers.
Our
Broadcast Markets
In the terrestrial broadcasting market, operators in many
countries are now required by regulation to convert from analog
to digital transmission in order to free up broadcast spectrum.
The conversion to digital transmission often provides the
opportunity to deliver new services, such as HDTV and data
transmission. These broadcasters are faced with requirements
similar to those of cable and satellite providers, in that they
need to convert analog signals to digital signals prior to
transmission over the air and must also effectively manage the
available bandwidth to maximize their revenue streams.
Network broadcasters and other programmers need to transmit live
programming of news and sports to their studios and to
subsequently broadcast their content and to deliver their
content to cable, satellite and telco operators for distribution
to their subscribers. These broadcasters generally produce their
own news and sports highlight content, along with hundreds of
channels of network programming that needs to be played to air
under strict reliability requirements. Our acquisition of Omneon
allows us to much more directly address the needs of the
broadcast market and, in particular, content production and
channel playout operations.
Other
Markets
We are addressing video processing opportunities with a variety
of video content owners and aggregators, some of which
distribute video via traditional television channels or over the
Internet and many of which use both methods of distribution. Our
past acquisitions and our recent acquisition of Omneon have
provided us with products and solutions that allow us to offer
broader solutions and products to this group of customers,
including the ability to process video content into appropriate
formats and the ability to then deliver the content to
distributors or directly to consumers.
Current
Industry Conditions
The telco and media industries have seen considerable
restructuring and consolidation in recent years. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
In 2010, BCE, the parent of Bell Canada, agreed to purchase full
control of CTV, Inc., a Canadian television network, subject to
regulatory approval.
|
|
|
|
In 2010, Shaw Communications, a Canadian provider of
telecommunications services, acquired CanWest Global
Communications, a Canadian media content provider.
|
|
|
|
In 2009, Comcast announced its intention to purchase a
controlling interest in NBC Universal, ultimately closing the
purchase in early 2011.
|
Regulatory issues, financial concerns and business combinations
among our customers are likely to significantly affect the
industries we address, capital spending plans of our existing
and potential customers, and our business for the foreseeable
future.
Most of our existing U.S. customers and international
customers appear to have increased their capital expenditures in
2010 to normal levels, after having reduced such expenditures in
2009 in response to the global economic slowdown. The slowdown
may have led some of our U.S. customers and international
customers to continue to be cautious about capital expenditures
in 2010. We believe that the lingering effects of the global
economic slowdown caused those customers to reduce or delay
orders for our products during the year. In addition, many of
our international customers in emerging market countries and in
some developed countries were exposed to
8
tight credit markets and depreciating currencies in 2010,
further restricting their ability to invest in building out or
upgrading their networks. However, we believe it is likely that
those lingering effects will substantially dissipate for most of
our customers in 2011, and their capital expenditures may
increase.
PRODUCTS
Harmonics products generally fall into three principal
categories: video production platforms and playout solutions,
video processing solutions and edge and access products. We also
provide technical support services and professional services to
our customers worldwide. Our video production platforms consist
of video-optimized storage and content management applications
that provide content companies with file-based infrastructure to
support video content production activities, such as editing,
post-production and finishing. Our playout solutions are based
on scalable video servers used by content owners and
multi-channel operators for assembly and playout of one or more
television channels. Our video processing solutions, which
include network management software and application software
products, provide broadband operators with the ability to
acquire a variety of signals from different sources and in
different protocols in order to deliver a variety of real-time
and stored content to their subscribers. Many of our customers
also use these products to organize, manage and distribute
content in ways that maximize use of the available bandwidth.
Our edge products enable cable operators to deliver customized
broadcast or narrowcast on- demand and data services to their
subscribers. Our access products, which consist mainly of
optical transmission products, node platforms and return path
products, allow cable operators to deliver video, data and voice
services over their distribution networks.
Video
Production Platforms and Playout Solutions
Video servers. The Omneon Spectrum and
MediaDeck video server products are used by broadcasters,
content owners and multi-channel network operators to create and
play-to-air
television channels. Our servers support both standard and high
definition programming, as well as many different media formats,
such as MPEG-2, DV and AVC-Intra, using both QuickTime and MXF
media wrapper formats. Typically our customers use our servers
to record incoming content from either live feeds or from tapes,
encoding that content in real-time into standard media files
that are stored in the servers file system until the
content is needed for playback as part of a scheduled playlist.
Clips stored in the server are decoded in real-time and played
to air according to a playout schedule in a frame-accurate,
back-to-back
manner to create a seamless television channel.
Video-optimized storage. The Omneon MediaGrid
active storage system is a scale-out, network-attached storage
system with a built-in media file system that has been optimized
for typical read and write file operations found in media
production workflows. Architected as a clustered storage system
with a distributed file system, MediaGrid provides highly
scalable storage capacity and access bandwidth to support
demanding media production applications, such as video editing,
content transformation and media library management.
Media Applications. Complementing our server
and storage platforms, our Media Application Server (MAS),
combined with a suite of integrated applications, including
ProXplore, ProBrowse and ProXchange, provides a basic level of
integrated media management and workflow control over content
stored across our systems. For more complex media management,
our underlying API, called Media Services Framework, allow both
customers and other application developers to build advanced
media management applications that can automate many media
processing and movement tasks, collect and organize content
metadata, and provide search and review functionality.
Video
Processing Solutions
Broadcast encoders. Our Electra and Ion high
performance encoders compress video, audio and data channels to
low bit rates, while maintaining high video quality. Our
encoders are available in standard and high definition formats
in both MPEG-2 and the newer MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, or MPEG-4, video
compression standards. Our Electra 8000 encoder supports all of
these formats on the same hardware platform. Compliance with
these widely adopted standards enables interoperability with
products manufactured by other companies, such as set-top boxes
and conditional access systems. Most of these encoders are used
in real-time broadcasting applications, but
9
they are also employed in conjunction with our software in
encoding of video content and storage for later delivery as VOD.
Contribution and distribution encoders. Our
Ellipse encoders provide broadcasters with video compression
solutions for
on-the-spot
news gathering, live sports coverage and other remote events.
These products enable our customers to deliver these feeds to
their studios for further processing. Broadcasters and other
operators, such as teleports, also use these encoders for
delivery of their programming to their customers, typically
cable, telco and DBS operators.
Stream processing and statistical multiplexing
solutions. Our ProStream platform and other
stream processing products offer our customers a variety of
capabilities that enable them to manage and organize digital
streams in a format best suited to their particular delivery
requirements and subscriber offerings. Our multi-function
ProStream 1000 addresses multiplexing, encryption, ad insertion
and other advanced processing requirements of MPEG video streams
and can be integrated with our DiviTrackIP statistical
multiplexer, which enhances the bandwidth efficiency of our
encoders by allowing bandwidth to be dynamically allocated
according to the complexity of the video content. DiviTrackIP
also enables operators to combine inputs from different physical
locations into a single multiplex.
Content preparation and delivery for multi-screen
applications. We offer a variety of content
preparation, storage and delivery solutions that enable
high-quality broadcast and on-demand video services on any
device (TV, PC or mobile). Our ProStream 4000 real-time
multi-screen transcoder, file-based transcoding products and
workflow management software products facilitate content
preparation in any format, while the Omneon MediaGrid active
storage system provides scalable, high performance
network-attached storage to store growing libraries of content.
Our multi-screen solutions are used for a variety of
applications, including live streaming, VOD,
catch-up TV,
start-over TV, network PVR through HTTP streaming, and
multi-bitrate adaptive HTTP streaming.
Decoders and descramblers. We provide our
ProView integrated receivers-decoders to allow service providers
to acquire content delivered from satellite and terrestrial
broadcasters for distribution to their subscribers. These
products are available in both standard and high definition
formats. The ProStream 1000 can also be used as a bulk
descrambler to enable operators to deliver up to 128 channels of
video and efficiently descramble the content at small or remote
headends.
Management and control software. Our NMX
Digital Service Manager gives service providers the ability to
control and visually monitor their digital video infrastructure
at an aggregate level, rather than as just discrete pieces of
hardware, thereby reducing their operational costs. Our NETWatch
management system operates in broadband networks to capture
measurement data and our software enables the broadband service
operator to monitor and control the HFC transmission network
from a master headend or remote locations. Our NMX Digital
Service Manager and NETWatch software is designed to be
integrated into larger network management systems through the
use of simple network management protocol, or SNMP.
Edge
and Access Products
Edge products. Our Narrowcast Services Gateway
family, or NSG, is a fully integrated edge gateway that
integrates routing, multiplexing and modulation into a single
package for the delivery of narrowcast services to subscribers
over cable networks. An NSG is usually supplied with Gigabit
Ethernet inputs, allowing the cable operator to use bandwidth
efficiently by delivering IP signals from the headend to the
edge of the network for subsequent modulation onto the HFC
network. Originally developed for VOD applications, our most
recent NSG product, the high-density, multi-function NSG 9000,
may also be used in switched digital video and modular Cable
Modem Termination Systems, or M-CMTS, applications, as well as
large-scale VOD deployments.
Optical transmitters and amplifiers. Our
family of optical transmitters and amplifiers operates at
various optical wavelengths and serves both long-haul and local
transport applications in the cable distribution network. The
PWRLink series provides optical transmission primarily at a
headend or hub for local distribution to optical nodes and for
narrowcasting, which is the transmission of programming to a
select set of subscribers. Our METROLink Dense Wave
Division Multiplexing, or DWDM, system allows operators to
expand the capacity of a
10
single strand of fiber and to provide narrowcast services
directly from the headend to nodes. We also offer SupraLink, a
transmitter which allows deeper deployment of optical nodes in
the network and minimizes the significant capital and labor
expense associated with deploying additional optical fiber.
Optical nodes and return path equipment. Our
family of PWRBlazer optical nodes supports network architectures
that meet the varying demands for bandwidth delivered to a
service area. By the addition of modules providing functions
such as return path transmission and DWDM, our configurable
nodes are easily segmented to handle increasing two-way traffic
over a fiber network without major reconstruction or replacement
of our customers networks. Our return path transmitters
support two-way transmission capabilities by sending video,
voice and data signals from the optical node back to the
headend. These transmitters are available for either analog or
digital transport.
Technical
Support and Professional Services
We provide maintenance and support services to most of our
customers under service level agreements which are generally
renewed on an annual basis. We also provide consulting,
implementation and integration services to our customers
worldwide. We draw upon our expertise in broadcast television,
communications networking and compression technology to design,
integrate and install complete solutions for our customers,
including integration with third-party products and services. We
offer a broad range of services, including program management,
budget analysis, technical design and planning, parts inventory
management, building and site preparation, integration and
equipment installation,
end-to-end
system testing, and comprehensive training.
CUSTOMERS
We sell our products to a variety of cable, satellite and telco,
and broadcast and media companies. Set forth below is a
representative list of our significant end user and
integrator/distributor customers, based on revenue during 2010.
|
|
|
United States
|
|
International
|
|
Cablevision Systems
|
|
Alcatel Lucent
|
Charter Communications
|
|
Bell Expressvu
|
Comcast Cable
|
|
Capella Telecommunications
|
Cox Communications
|
|
Huawei Technologies
|
DirecTV
|
|
Impeq Technologies
|
EchoStar Holdings
|
|
Nokia Siemens Networks
|
Time Warner
|
|
Rogers Communications
|
Historically, a majority of our revenue has been derived from
relatively few customers, due in part to the consolidation of
the ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
system companies. However, in the last two years, revenue from
our ten largest customers has decreased as a percentage of
revenue, due to our growing customer base, in part as a result
of the acquisition of Scopus and Omneon. Sales to our ten
largest customers in 2010, 2009 and 2008 accounted for
approximately 44%, 47% and 58% of revenue, respectively.
Although we are attempting to broaden our customer base by
penetrating new markets and further expanding internationally,
we expect to see continuing industry consolidation and customer
concentration.
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, revenue from Comcast accounted for
17%, 16% and 20%, respectively, of our revenue. Sales to
EchoStar accounted for 12% of revenue in 2008. The loss of
Comcast or any other significant customer, any material
reduction in orders by Comcast or any significant customer, or
our failure to qualify our new products with a significant
customer could materially and adversely affect our operating
results, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we are
involved in most quarters in one or more relatively large
individual transactions, including, from time to time, projects
in which we act much like a systems integrator. A decrease in
the number of the relatively larger individual transactions in
which we are involved in any quarter could adversely affect our
operating results for that quarter.
11
SALES AND
MARKETING
In the U.S. we sell our products through our own direct
sales force, as well as through independent distributors and
integrators. Our direct sales team is organized geographically
and by major customers and markets to support customer
requirements. We sell to international customers through our own
direct sales force as well as through independent distributors
and integrators. Our principal sales offices outside of the
U.S. are located in Europe and Asia, and we have an
international support center in Switzerland to support our
international customers. International distributors are
generally responsible for importing our products and providing
certain installation, technical support and other services to
customers in their territory. Our direct sales force and
distributors are supported by a highly trained technical staff,
which includes application engineers who work closely with
operators to develop technical proposals and design systems to
optimize system performance and economic benefits to operators.
Technical support provides a customized set of services, as
required, for ongoing maintenance,
support-on-demand
and training for our customers and distributors, both in our
facilities and
on-site.
Our marketing organization develops strategies for product lines
and markets and, in conjunction with our sales force, identifies
the evolving technical and application needs of customers so
that our product development resources can be most effectively
and efficiently deployed to meet anticipated product
requirements. Our marketing organization is also responsible for
setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support of
the sales force, particularly at major accounts. We have many
programs in place to heighten industry awareness of our
products, including participation in technical conferences,
publication of articles in industry journals and exhibitions at
trade shows.
MANUFACTURING
AND SUPPLIERS
We use third party contract manufacturers extensively to
assemble our products and a substantial majority of
subassemblies and modules for our products. Our reliance on
subcontractors involves several risks, and we may not be able to
obtain an adequate supply of components, subassemblies, modules
and turnkey systems on a timely basis. In 2003, we entered into
an agreement with Plexus Services Corp. to act as our primary
contract manufacturer. Plexus currently provides us with a
majority, by dollar amount, of the products we purchase from our
contract manufacturers. This agreement has automatic annual
renewals, unless prior notice is given, and has been renewed
until October 2011. We do not generally maintain long-term
agreements with any of our contract manufacturers.
Our internal manufacturing operations consist primarily of final
assembly and testing of fiber optic systems. These processes are
performed by highly trained personnel, employing technologically
advanced electronic equipment and proprietary test programs. The
manufacturing of our products and subassemblies is a complex
process, and we cannot be sure that we will not experience
production problems or manufacturing delays in the future.
Because we utilize our own manufacturing facilities for the
final assembly and test of our fiber optic systems, and because
such manufacturing capabilities are not readily available from
third parties, any interruption in our manufacturing operations
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating
results, financial position and cash flows.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
are dependent on a small private company for certain video
encoding chips which are incorporated into several new products.
Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over pricing,
quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or
modules. In particular, certain components have in the past been
in short supply and are available only from a small number of
suppliers or from sole source suppliers. While we expend
considerable efforts to qualify additional component sources,
consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the small number
of viable alternatives have limited the results of these
efforts. We do not generally maintain long-term agreements with
any of our suppliers.
Managing our supplier relationships is particularly difficult
during time periods in which we introduce new products or in
which demand for our products is increasing, especially if
demand increases more quickly than we expect. An inability to
obtain adequate and timely deliveries, or any other circumstance
that would require us to seek alternative sources of supply,
could affect our ability to ship our products on a timely basis,
which could
12
damage relationships with current and prospective customers and
harm our business. We attempt to limit this risk by maintaining
inventories of certain components, subassemblies and modules and
through our demand order fulfillment system. As a result of this
investment in inventories, we have in the past been, and in the
future may be, subject to a risk of excess and obsolete
inventories, which could adversely affect our business and
operating results.
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
We currently hold 55 issued U.S. patents and 13 issued
foreign patents and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us, or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the claims, or
the scope of the claims, sought by us, if at all. We cannot
assure you that others will not develop technologies that are
similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology
or design around the patents that we own. In addition, effective
patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable
or limited in certain foreign countries in which we do business
or may do business in the future.
We generally enter into confidentiality or license agreements
with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers as
needed, and generally limit access to, and distribution of, our
proprietary information. However, no assurances can be given
that these actions will prevent misappropriation of our
technology. In addition, if necessary, we are prepared to take
legal action, in the future, to enforce our patents and other
intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to
determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of
others, or to defend against claims of infringement or
invalidity. Any such litigation could result in substantial
costs and diversion of resources, including management time, and
could negatively affect our business, operating results,
financial position and cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market our products, we may
be required to enter into technology development or licensing
agreements with third parties. Although many companies are often
willing to enter into such technology development or licensing
agreements, we cannot assure you that such agreements can be
negotiated on reasonable terms or at all. The failure to enter
into technology development or licensing agreements, when
necessary, could limit our ability to develop and market new
products and could harm our business.
The markets we address are characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the telco industry,
as well as an increasing number of companies whose principal
business is the ownership and exploitation of patents, have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties,
including certain of these companies, have asserted and may
assert exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other
intellectual property rights against us or our customers. There
can be no assurance that we will be able to defend against any
claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property
rights, that the terms of any license offered by any person
asserting such rights would be acceptable to us or our
customers, or that failure to obtain a license or the costs
associated with any license would not materially and adversely
affect our business, operating results, financial position and
cash flows.
BACKLOG
We schedule production of our products and solutions based upon
our backlog, open contracts, informal commitments from customers
and sales projections. Our backlog consists of firm purchase
orders by customers for delivery within the next twelve months,
as well as deferred revenue which is expected to be recognized
within the succeeding twelve months. At December 31, 2010,
backlog, including deferred revenue, was $121.9 million,
compared to $85.7 million at December 31, 2009. The
increase in backlog at December 31, 2010, from
December 31, 2009, was due to an increase in orders
received under which product shipments had not been made, in
part as a result of increased sales levels from the acquisition
of Omneon, and due to an increase in deferred revenue as a
result of the timing of completion of projects and an increase
in deferred maintenance revenue. Delivery schedules on such
orders may be deferred or canceled for a number of reasons,
including reductions in
13
capital spending by our customers or changes in specific
customer requirements. In addition, due to annual capital
spending budget cycles at many of our customers, our backlog at
December 31, 2010, or any other date, is not necessarily
indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period.
COMPETITION
The markets for video infrastructure systems are extremely
competitive and have been characterized by rapid technological
change and declining average selling prices. The principal
competitive factors in these markets include product
performance, reliability, price, breadth of product offerings,
network management capabilities, sales and distribution
capabilities, technical support and service, and relationships
with network operators. We believe that we compete favorably in
each of these categories. Our competitors in digital video
solutions include vertically integrated system suppliers, such
as Motorola, Cisco Systems, Ericsson and Technicolor, and, in
certain product lines, a number of smaller companies. In
production and playout products, competitors include Harris,
Grass Valley, SeaChange and Avid. In edge devices and fiber
optic access products, competitors include Motorola, Cisco
Systems and Arris.
Consolidation in the industry has led to the acquisition of
several of our historic competitor companies. For example,
Scientific Atlanta, Tandberg Television and C-Cor were acquired
by Cisco Systems, Ericsson and Arris, respectively.
Consequently, most of our principal competitors are
substantially larger and have greater financial, technical,
marketing and other resources than Harmonic. Many of these
larger organizations are in a better position to withstand any
significant reduction in capital spending by customers in these
markets and are often more capable of engaging in price-based
competition for sales of products. They often have broader
product lines and market focus, and, therefore, will not be as
susceptible to downturns in a particular market. In addition,
many of our competitors have been in operation longer than we
have and have more long-standing and established relationships
with domestic and foreign customers. Further, a few of our
competitors offer long-term lease financing to customers for
products competitive with ours. We may not be able to compete
successfully in the future and competition may harm our
business, operating results, financial position and cash flows.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. In addition, companies that have historically not had a
large presence in the broadband communications equipment market
have expanded their market presence through mergers and
acquisitions. Further, our competitors may bundle their products
or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, which could adversely
affect our revenue and result in lower gross margins.
RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our
resources to research and development. Research and development
expenses in 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $77.2 million,
$61.4 million and $54.5 million, respectively. Our
research and development activities are conducted primarily in
the United States (California, Oregon, New York and New Jersey),
Israel and Hong Kong.
Our research and development program is primarily focused on
developing new products and systems, and adding new features to
existing products and systems. Our development strategy is to
identify features, products and systems, in both software and
hardware solutions, that are, or are expected to be, needed by
our customers. Our current research and development efforts are
focused heavily on video processing solutions, including
enhanced video compression and multi-screen solutions. We also
devote significant resources to production and playout and
distribution solutions. Other research and development efforts
are devoted to edge QAM devices for both video and data, and
broadband optical products that enable the transmission of video
over fiber optic networks.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling
new or enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products,
product selection, timely implementation of product design and
development, product performance, effective manufacturing and
assembly processes and sales and marketing. Because of the
complexity inherent in such research and development efforts, we
cannot assure you that we will successfully develop new
products, or that new products developed by us will
14
achieve market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop
and introduce new products would materially and adversely affect
our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2010, we employed a total of
1,106 people, including 432 in research and development,
437 in sales, service and marketing, 126 in manufacturing
operations and 111 in a general and administrative capacity.
There were 665 employees in the U.S. and
441 employees in foreign countries located in the Middle
East, Europe, and Asia. We also employ a number of temporary
employees and consultants on a contract basis. None of our
employees are represented by a labor union with respect to his
or her employment by Harmonic. We have not experienced any work
stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to
be good. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our
ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Competition
for qualified personnel in the broadband communications industry
and in the geographic areas where our primary operations are
located remains strong, particularly for highly qualified
technical personnel, and we cannot assure you that we will be
successful in retaining our key employees or that we will be
able to attract the key employees or highly qualified technical
personnel we may require in the future.
ABOUT
HARMONIC
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988
and reincorporated into Delaware in May 1995.
In July 2007, we completed the acquisition of Rhozet
Corporation. Rhozet develops and markets software-based
transcoding solutions that facilitate the creation of
multi-format video for Internet, mobile and broadcast
applications. With Rhozets products, and sometimes in
conjunction with other Harmonic products, Harmonics
existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco customers can
deliver traditional video programming over the Internet and to
mobile devices, as well as expand the types of content delivered
via their traditional networks to encompass web-based and
user-generated content.
In March 2009, we completed the acquisition of Scopus Video
Networks, Ltd. The acquisition of Scopus was intended to
strengthen Harmonics position in international video
broadcast and contribution and distribution markets. Scopus
provides complementary video processing technology, expanded
research and development capability and additional sales and
distribution channels, particularly in emerging markets.
In September 2010, we completed the acquisition of Omneon, Inc.,
a private, venture-backed company specializing in file-based
infrastructure for the production, preparation and playout of
video content typically deployed by broadcasters, satellite
operators, content owners and other media companies. The
acquisition of Omneon is complementary to Harmonics core
business, expanding our customer reach into content providers
and extending our product lines into video servers and
video-optimized storage for content production and playout.
Our principal executive offices are located at 4300 North First
Street, San Jose, California 95134. Our telephone number is
(408) 542-2500.
Our Internet website is
http://www.harmonicinc.com.
Other than the information expressly set forth in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
the information contained or referred to on our web site is not
part of this report.
Available
Information
Harmonic makes available free of charge, on the Harmonic web
site, the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
(via link to the SEC website), and amendments to those reports
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after
Harmonic files such material with, or furnishes such material
to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of the
Harmonic web site is
http://www.harmonicinc.com.
Except as expressly set forth in this
Form 10-K,
the contents of our web site are not incorporated into, or
otherwise to be regarded as part of, this report.
15
We
depend on cable, satellite and telco, and broadcast and media
industry capital spending for a substantial majority of our
revenue and any material decrease or delay in capital spending
in these industries would negatively impact our operating
results, financial condition and cash flows.
A substantial majority of our historical revenue has been
derived from sales to cable television operators, satellite and
telco operators and broadcast companies, as well as, more
recently, the emerging streaming media providers. In September
2010, we completed the acquisition of Omneon, a private,
venture-backed company specializing in file-based infrastructure
for the production, preparation and playout of video content
typically deployed by broadcasters, satellite operators, content
owners and other media companies. We expect revenue from all of
these markets will constitute a substantial majority of revenue
for the foreseeable future. Demand for our products will depend
on the magnitude and timing of capital spending by customers in
these markets for constructing and upgrading their systems.
These capital spending patterns are dependent on a variety of
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
access to financing;
|
|
|
|
annual capital spending budget cycles of each of the industries
we serve;
|
|
|
|
the impact of industry consolidation;
|
|
|
|
federal, local and foreign government regulation of
telecommunications and television broadcasting;
|
|
|
|
overall demand for communication services and consumer
acceptance of new video and data services;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry standards and network architectures;
|
|
|
|
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;
|
|
|
|
discretionary end-user customer spending patterns; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions.
|
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced capital
spending have included:
|
|
|
|
|
uncertainty related to development of digital video industry
standards;
|
|
|
|
delays in the evaluation of new services, new standards and
system architectures by many operators;
|
|
|
|
emphasis by operators on generating revenue from existing
customers, rather than from new customers through new
construction or network upgrades;
|
|
|
|
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance
projects of our customers and potential customers;
|
|
|
|
proposed and completed business combinations and divestitures by
our customers and the length of regulatory review thereof;
|
|
|
|
weak or uncertain economic and financial conditions in domestic
or international markets, particularly in the housing markets in
the developed countries; and
|
|
|
|
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers.
|
The financial difficulties of certain of our customers and
changes in our customers deployment plans have adversely
affected our business in the past. In 2008 and 2009, economic
conditions in many of the countries in which we sell products
were very weak, and global economic conditions and financial
markets experienced a severe downturn. The downturn stemmed from
a multitude of factors, including adverse credit conditions,
slower economic activity, concerns about inflation and
deflation, rapid changes in foreign exchange rates, increased
energy costs, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate
profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and
liquidity concerns. Although there was an increase in global
economic activity in 2010, economic growth may remain sluggish
during 2011 in a few developed countries and in some emerging
market countries. The severity or length of time that these
adverse economic and financial market conditions may persist, or
whether such adverse conditions may return in the U.S. and
in other countries, is unknown. During challenging or uncertain
economic times, and in tight credit markets, many customers may
delay or reduce capital expenditures, which in turn often
results in lower demand for our products.
16
Further, we have a number of international customers to whom
sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The value of the
U.S. dollar fluctuates significantly against many foreign
currencies, which includes the local currencies of many of our
international customers. If the U.S. dollar appreciates
relative to the local currencies of our customers, then the
prices of our products correspondingly increase for such
customers. Such an effect could adversely impact sales of our
products to such customers and result in longer sales cycles,
difficulties in collection of accounts receivable, slower
adoption of new technologies and increased price competition in
the affected countries. Further, if the U.S. dollar were to
weaken against many major currencies, there can be no assurance
that a weaker dollar would lead to growth in capital spending.
In addition, industry consolidation has in the past constrained,
and may in the future constrain, capital spending by our
customers. Further, if our product portfolio and product
development plans do not position us well to capture an
increased portion of the capital spending of customers in the
markets on which we focus, our revenue may decline.
As a result of these capital spending issues, we may not be able
to maintain or increase our revenue in the future, and our
operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be
materially and adversely affected.
The
markets in which we operate are intensely
competitive.
The markets for our products are extremely competitive and have
been characterized by rapid technological change and declining
average selling prices. Pressure on average selling prices was
particularly severe during previous economic downturns as
equipment suppliers competed aggressively for customers
reduced capital spending, and we have experienced similar
pressure during the recent economic slowdown.
Our principal competitors for edge and access and fiber optics
access products include Cisco Systems, Motorola and Arris. In
the digital video solutions market, we compete broadly with
products from vertically integrated system suppliers, including
Motorola, Cisco Systems, Technicolor and Ericsson, and, in
certain product lines, with a number of smaller companies. Our
principal competitors for our storage products, including our
production and playout products, are Harris, Grass Valley,
SeaChange and Avid.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger, and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources,
than we do. Many of these large enterprises are in a better
position to withstand any significant reduction in capital
spending by customers in these markets. They often have broader
product lines and market focus, and may not be as susceptible to
downturns in a particular market. These competitors may also be
able to bundle their products together to meet the needs of a
particular customer, and may be capable of delivering more
complete solutions than we are able to provide. To the extent
large enterprises that currently do not compete directly with us
choose to enter our markets by acquisition or otherwise,
competition would likely intensify.
Further, some of our competitors that have greater financial
resources have offered, and in the future may offer, their
products at lower prices than we offer for our competing
products or more attractive financing terms, which has in the
past, and may in the future, cause us to lose sales
opportunities and the resulting revenue or to reduce our prices
in response to that competition. Reductions in prices for any of
our products could materially and adversely affect our operating
margins and revenue. In addition, many of our competitors have
been in operation longer than we have, and, therefore, have more
long-standing and established relationships with domestic and
foreign customers, making it difficult for us to sell to those
customers.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business would be seriously
harmed. If our competitors are successful in bringing their
products to market earlier than us, or if these products are
more technologically capable than ours, our revenue could be
materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain
companies that have not had a large presence in the broadband
communications equipment market have begun to expand their
presence in this market through mergers and acquisitions. The
continued consolidation of our competitors could have a
significant negative impact on our business. Further, our
competitors, particularly companies that offer products that are
competitive with our digital video systems, may bundle their
products or incorporate functionality into existing products in
a manner that discourages users from purchasing our products or
which may require us to lower our selling prices, resulting in
lower revenues and decreased gross margins.
17
If we are unable to compete at the same level as we have in the
past, in any of our markets, or are forced to reduce the prices
of our products in order to continue to be competitive, our
operating results, financial condition and cash flows would be
materially and adversely affected.
We
need to develop and introduce new and enhanced products in a
timely manner to meet the needs of our customers and to remain
competitive.
All of the markets we address are characterized by continuing
technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. To compete successfully, we must
continually design, develop, manufacture and sell new or
enhanced products that provide increasingly higher levels of
performance and reliability and meet our customers changing
needs. However, we may not be successful in those efforts if,
among other things, our products:
|
|
|
|
|
are not cost effective;
|
|
|
|
are not brought to market in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
are not in accordance with evolving industry standards and
architectures;
|
|
|
|
fail to meet market acceptance or customer requirements; or
|
|
|
|
are ahead of the market.
|
We are currently developing and marketing products based on
established video compression standards. Encoding products based
on the MPEG-2 compression standards have historically
represented a significant portion of our revenue. Newer
standards, such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, that have been adopted
provide significantly greater compression efficiency, thereby
making more bandwidth available to operators. The availability
of more bandwidth is particularly important to those operators
seeking to launch, or expand, HDTV services. We have developed
and launched products, including HD encoders, based on these new
standards in order to remain competitive, and are continuing to
devote considerable resources to these efforts. In addition, we
have launched an encoding platform that is capable of being
configured for both MPEG-2 and MPEG-4, in both standard
definition and HD formats. At the same time, we need to devote
development resources to the existing MPEG-2 standard which many
of our customers continue to require. There can be no assurance
that these efforts will be successful in the near future, or at
all, or that competitors will not take significant market share
in HD encoding.
In addition, our customers are paying more attention to audio
products and features than they have in the past. This enhanced
attention to audio is likely to result in additional product
requirements and the related need for more development and
support staff with audio expertise and training. Hiring and
retaining such staff may be difficult and costly. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to timely hire development and
support staff with audio expertise or that our efforts to
develop enhanced audio products and features will be successful
in the near future, or at all.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products, we may be required to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements with third parties. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to timely enter into any
necessary technology development or licensing agreements on
reasonable terms, or at all.
If we fail to develop and market new and enhanced products, our
operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be
materially and adversely affected.
Our
operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly and, as
a result, may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of
securities analysts or investors, causing our stock price to
decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely
to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a
quarterly basis, as a result of several factors, many of which
are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause
these fluctuations include:
|
|
|
|
|
the level and timing of capital spending of our customers, both
in the U.S. and in foreign markets, due in part to access
to financing, including credit, for capital spending;
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
economic and financial conditions specific to the cable,
satellite and telco, and broadcast and media industries;
|
|
|
|
changes in market demand for our products or customers
services or products;
|
|
|
|
the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant
customers;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition from solution contracts, which
may span several quarters;
|
|
|
|
increases and decreases in the number and size of relatively
larger transactions, and projects in which we are involved, from
quarter to quarter;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements, which
may include multiple deliverables;
|
|
|
|
the timing of acquisitions and the financial impact of such
acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
the timing of completion of our customers projects;
|
|
|
|
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
lack of predictability in our revenue cycles;
|
|
|
|
the level and mix of our international revenue;
|
|
|
|
new product introductions by our competitors or by us;
|
|
|
|
the timing of our development of custom products and software;
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments
affecting our business;
|
|
|
|
market acceptance of our new or existing products;
|
|
|
|
impact of new revenue recognition accounting standards, which
are effective in 2011;
|
|
|
|
the evaluation of new services, new standards and system
architectures by our customers;
|
|
|
|
the cost and availability to us of components, subassemblies and
modules;
|
|
|
|
the mix of our customer base, by industry and size, and sales
channels;
|
|
|
|
the mix of our products sold and the effect it has on gross
margins;
|
|
|
|
changes in our operating and extraordinary expenses, such as
litigation expenses and settlement costs;
|
|
|
|
impairment of our goodwill and intangibles;
|
|
|
|
the outcome of litigation;
|
|
|
|
write-downs of inventory and investments;
|
|
|
|
the impact of applicable accounting guidance that requires us to
record the fair value of stock options, restricted stock units
and employee stock purchase plan awards as compensation expense;
|
|
|
|
changes in our effective tax rate, including as a result of
changes in our valuation allowance against our deferred tax
assets, changes in our effective state tax rates, including as a
result of apportionment, and changes in our mix of domestic
versus international revenue, as well as proposed amended tax
rules related to the deferral of foreign earnings and compliance
with foreign tax rules;
|
|
|
|
the impact of applicable accounting guidance on accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes that requires us to establish
reserves for uncertain tax positions and accrue potential tax
penalties and interest;
|
|
|
|
the impact of applicable accounting guidance on business
combinations that requires us to record charges for certain
acquisition related costs and expenses and generally to expense
restructuring costs associated with a business combination
subsequent to the acquisition date; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions.
|
19
The timing of deployment of our products by our customers can be
subject to a number of other risks, including the availability
of skilled engineering and technical personnel, the availability
of other equipment, such as compatible set top boxes, our
customers ability to negotiate and enter into rights
agreements with video content owners that provide the customers
with the right to deliver certain video content, and our
customers need for local franchise and licensing approvals.
We often recognize a substantial portion of our quarterly
revenues in the last month of the quarter. We establish our
expenditure levels for product development and other operating
expenses based on projected revenue levels for a specified
period, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short term.
Accordingly, even small variations in timing of revenue,
particularly from large individual transactions, can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results in a particular
quarter.
As a result of these factors and other factors, our operating
results in one or more future periods may fail to meet or exceed
the expectations of securities analysts or investors. In that
event, the trading price of our common stock would likely
decline.
Our
customer base is concentrated and we are regularly involved in
relatively large transactions. The loss of one or more of our
key customers, or a failure to diversify our customer base, as
well as a decrease in the number of such larger transactions,
could harm our business.
Historically, a majority of our revenue has been derived from
relatively few customers, due in part to the consolidation of
the ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
system companies. However, in the last two years, revenue from
our ten largest customers has decreased as a percentage of
revenue, due to our growing customer base, in part as a result
of the acquisition of Scopus and Omneon. Sales to our ten
largest customers in 2010, 2009 and 2008 accounted for
approximately 44%, 47% and 58% of revenue, respectively.
Although we are attempting to broaden our customer base by
penetrating new markets and further expanding internationally,
we expect to see continuing industry consolidation and customer
concentration.
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, revenue from Comcast accounted for
17%, 16% and 20%, respectively, of our revenue. Sales to
EchoStar accounted for 12% of revenue in 2008. The loss of
Comcast or any other significant customer, any material
reduction in orders by Comcast or any significant customer, or
our failure to qualify our new products with a significant
customer could materially and adversely affect our operating
results, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we are
involved in most quarters in one or more relatively large
individual transactions, including, from time to time, projects
in which we act much like a systems integrator. A decrease in
the number of the relatively larger individual transactions in
which we are involved in any quarter could adversely affect our
operating results for that quarter.
In addition, historically, we have been dependent upon capital
spending in the cable and satellite industry. We are attempting
to further diversify our customer base beyond cable and
satellite customers, including to the telco and broadcast and
media markets. Several major telcos have rebuilt or are
upgrading their networks to offer bundled video, voice and data
services. In order to be successful in this market, we may need
to continue to build alliances with telco equipment
manufacturers, adapt our products for telco applications, take
orders at prices resulting in lower margins, and build internal
expertise to handle the particular contractual and technical
demands of the telco industry. In addition, telco video
deployments, including recent trials of mobile video services,
are subject to delays in completion, as video processing
technologies and video business models are relatively new to
most telcos and many of their largest suppliers. Implementation
issues with our products or those of other vendors have caused,
and may continue to cause, delays in project completion for our
customers and delay our recognition of revenue.
As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to
increase our revenues from telco and broadcast and media
customers and other markets, or to do so profitably, and any
failure to increase revenues and profits from these customers
would adversely affect our stock price and could materially and
adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and
cash flows.
20
If we
do not realize improvement in our operating results and other
benefits expected from our recently completed acquisition of
Omneon, our business may be adversely affected and our stock
price could decline.
Our recently completed acquisition of Omneon, a private,
venture-backed company specializing in file-based infrastructure
for the production, preparation and playout of video content,
involves the integration of a business that had previously
operated independently. The integration of a previously
independent company into the acquiring companys operations
is a challenging, time-consuming and costly process. While the
integration process for Omneon began in September 2010, when the
Omneon acquisition was consummated, it will take some time to
complete the process. It is possible that the process of
integrating Omneon could result in our inability to fully
realize the expected synergies and other benefits of the
acquisition, the loss of key employees, the disruption of our
ongoing businesses and that of Omneon, and inconsistencies in
standards, controls, procedures, and policies that adversely
affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers,
suppliers, and employees, and would involve many of the other
risks of any acquisition described in the risk factor concerning
acquisitions on page 27). In addition, the successful
combination of the companies requires the dedication of
significant management resources, which could temporarily divert
attention from the
day-to-day
business of the combined company. There can be no assurance that
these challenges will be met, and that we will realize the
anticipated benefits from the acquisition of Omneon, on a timely
basis or at all. If we are unable to realize these benefits, our
goal of expanding into the markets on which Omneon focuses and
our business, in general, may be adversely affected and our
stock price may decline.
We
depend significantly on our international revenue and are
subject to the risks associated with international operations,
which may negatively affect our operating results.
Revenue derived from customers outside of the U.S. in 2010,
2009 and 2008 represented 50%, 49% and 44% of our revenue,
respectively. We expect that international revenue will continue
to represent a similar substantial percentage of our revenue for
the foreseeable future. Furthermore, most of our contract
manufacturing occurs overseas. Our international operations, the
international operations of our contract manufacturers and our
efforts to maintain and increase revenue in international
markets are subject to a number of risks, which are generally
greater with respect to emerging market countries, including the
impact on our business and operating results of:
|
|
|
|
|
a slowdown or leveling off in international economies, which may
adversely affect our customers capital spending;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards;
|
|
|
|
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other
trade barriers;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
a significant reliance on distributors, resellers and other
third parties to sell our products and solutions, particularly
in emerging market countries;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable, especially from
smaller customers and resellers, particularly in emerging market
countries;
|
|
|
|
compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or
FCPA, particularly in emerging market countries;
|
|
|
|
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws,
treaties and technical standards;
|
|
|
|
fulfilling country of origin requirements for our
products for certain customers;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, including risks related to
terrorist activity, particularly in emerging market countries;
|
|
|
|
changes in economic policies by foreign governments;
|
|
|
|
lack of basic infrastructure, particularly in emerging market
countries;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
availability of credit, particularly in emerging market
countries; and
|
|
|
|
impact of the recent escalating social and political unrest in
the Middle East.
|
In the past, certain of our international customers accumulated
significant levels of debt and have undertaken reorganizations
and financial restructurings, including bankruptcy proceedings.
Even where these restructurings have been completed, in some
cases these customers have not been in a position to purchase
new equipment at levels we had seen in the past.
While our international revenue and operating expenses have
typically been denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in
currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country,
leading to a reduction in revenue or profitability from sales in
that country. A portion of our European business is denominated
in Euros, which subjects us to increased foreign currency risk.
Gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of
accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets
and liabilities arising from international operations may
contribute to fluctuations in operating results.
Furthermore, payment cycles for international customers are
typically longer than those for customers in the
U.S. Unpredictable payment cycles could cause us to fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of security analysts and
investors for any given period.
Our operations outside the United States also require us to
comply with a number of United States and international
regulations. For example, our operations in countries outside
the United States are subject to the FCPA and similar laws,
which prohibits United States companies or their agents and
employees from providing anything of value to a foreign official
for the purposes of influencing any act or decision of these
individuals, in their official capacity, to help obtain or
retain business, direct business to any person or corporate
entity or obtain any unfair advantage. Our activities in
countries outside the United States create the inherent risk of
unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our
employees or agents, including those companies to which we
outsource certain of our business operations, which could be in
violation of the FCPA, even though these parties are not always
subject to our control. We have internal control policies and
procedures, and have implemented training and compliance
programs for our employees and agents, with respect to the FCPA.
However, we cannot assure you that our policies, procedures and
programs will prevent violations of the FCPA or similar laws by
our employees or agents, particularly in emerging market
countries, and as we expand our international operations. Any
such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could result
in criminal or civil sanctions against us.
The effect of one or more of these international risks could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our
future growth depends on market acceptance of several broadband
services, on the adoption of new broadband technologies and on
several other broadband industry trends.
Future demand for many of our products will depend significantly
on the growing market acceptance of emerging broadband services,
including digital video, VOD, HDTV, IPTV, mobile video services,
and very high-speed data services. The market demand for such
emerging services is rapidly growing, with many de facto or
proprietary systems in use, which increases the challenge of
delivering interoperable products intended to address the
requirements of such services.
The effective delivery of these services will depend, in part,
on a variety of new network architectures and standards, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
video compression standards, such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, for both
standard definition and high definition services;
|
|
|
|
fiber to the premises, or FTTP, and digital subscriber line, or
DSL, networks designed to facilitate the delivery of video
services by telcos;
|
|
|
|
the greater use of protocols such as IP;
|
|
|
|
the further adoption of bandwidth-optimization techniques, such
as switched digital video and DOCSIS 3.0; and
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new consumer devices, such as advanced
set-top boxes, personal video recorders, or PVRs, and a variety
of smart phone mobile devices, such as the iPhone.
|
If adoption of these emerging services
and/or
technologies is not as widespread or as rapid as we expect, or
if we are unable to develop new products based on these
technologies on a timely basis, our revenue will be materially
and adversely affected.
Furthermore, other technological, industry and regulatory trends
will affect the growth of our business. These trends include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
convergence, or the need of many network operators to deliver a
package of video, voice and data services to consumers,
including mobile delivery options;
|
|
|
|
the increasing availability of traditional broadcast video
content on the Internet;
|
|
|
|
the entry of telcos into the video business;
|
|
|
|
the emergence of ATSC mobile handheld as a viable content
delivery system;
|
|
|
|
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and
educational institutions;
|
|
|
|
efforts by regulators and governments in the U.S. and
abroad to encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies;
|
|
|
|
increased consumer interest in 3D television and content;
|
|
|
|
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards such
issues as network neutrality, competition between operators,
access by third parties to networks of other operators, local
franchising requirements for telcos to offer video, and other
new services, such as mobile video; and
|
|
|
|
the outcome of litigation and negotiations between content
owners and service providers regarding rights of service
providers to store and distribute recorded broadcast content,
which outcomes may drive adoption of one technology over another
in some cases.
|
If we fail to recognize and respond to these trends, by timely
developing products, features and services required by these
trends, we are likely to lose revenue opportunities and our
results of operations and stock price could be materially and
adversely affected.
Changes
in telecommunications legislation and regulations could harm our
prospects and future revenue.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations in the
U.S. and other countries could affect the revenue from our
products. In particular, regulations dealing with access by
competitors to the networks of incumbent operators could slow or
stop additional construction or expansion by these operators.
Increased regulation of our customers pricing or service
offerings could limit their investments and, consequently,
revenue from our products. The impact of new or revised
legislation or regulations could have a material adverse effect
on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Newly adopted Federal laws will likely impact the demand for
product features by our customers. These laws include the
Commercial Advertisement Loudness Mitigation Act and the
Twenty-First Century Communications and Video Accessibility Act
of 2010, which deals with accessibility for the hearing and
visually impaired. While we have added some features to our
products in anticipation of these laws, others (driven by the
regulatory process related to the laws) may require feature
development on a schedule which may be inflexible and difficult
to meet. This could result in our inability to develop other
product features necessary for particular transactions at the
same time, and thus we could lose some business and the related
revenue.
23
We
purchase several key components, subassemblies and modules used
in the manufacture or integration of our products from sole or
limited sources, and we are increasingly dependent on contract
manufacturers and other subcontractors.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
depend on a small private company for certain video encoding
chips which are incorporated into several products. Our reliance
on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign suppliers,
and our increased reliance on subcontractors for manufacturing
and installation, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over costs, quality
and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or modules and
timely installation of products. In particular, certain optical
components have in the past been in short supply and are
available only from a small number of suppliers, including sole
source suppliers. These risks could be heightened during a
substantial economic slowdown, because our suppliers and
subcontractors are more likely to experience adverse changes in
their financial condition and operations during such a period.
While we expend resources to qualify additional component
sources, consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the
small number of viable alternatives have limited the results of
these efforts. Managing our supplier and contractor
relationships is particularly difficult during time periods in
which we introduce new products and during time periods in which
demand for our products is increasing, especially if demand
increases more quickly than we expect.
From time to time we assess our relationship with our contract
manufacturers, and we do not generally maintain long-term
agreements with any of our suppliers or contract manufacturers.
Plexus Services Corp. acts as our primary contract manufacturer,
and currently provides us with a majority of the products that
we purchase from our contract manufacturers. Our agreement with
Plexus has automatic annual renewals, unless prior notice is
given by either party, and has been renewed until October 2011.
Since October 2009, most of the products previously manufactured
by our Israeli operations have been outsourced to third party
manufacturers located in Israel. Our ability to improve
production efficiency with respect to that business may be
limited by the terms of research grants that we received from
the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist, or OCS, an arm of the
Israeli government. These grants restrict the transfer outside
of Israel of intellectual property developed with funding from
the OCS, and also limit the manufacturing outside of Israel of
products containing such intellectual property.
Any difficulties in managing relationships with current contract
manufacturers, particularly Plexus, which manufacturers our
products off-shore, could impede our ability to meet our
customers requirements and adversely affect our operating
results. An inability to obtain adequate and timely deliveries,
or any other circumstance that would require us to seek
alternative sources of supply, could negatively affect our
ability to ship our products on a timely basis, which could
damage relationships with current and prospective customers and
harm our business and materially and adversely affect our
revenues. We attempt to limit this risk by maintaining safety
stocks of certain components, subassemblies and modules. Recent
increases in demand on our suppliers and subcontractors from
other parties have caused sporadic shortages of certain
components and products. In response, we have increased our
inventories of certain components and products and expedited
shipments of our products when necessary, which has increased
our costs. As a result of this investment in inventories, we
have in the past been, and in the future may be, subject to risk
of excessive or obsolete inventories, which, despite our use of
a demand order fulfillment model, could materially and adversely
affect our business, operating results, financial position and
cash flows. In this regard, our gross margins and operating
results have, in the past, been adversely affected by
significant excess and obsolete inventory charges.
Fluctuations
in our future effective tax rates could affect our future
operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
We are required to periodically review our deferred tax assets
and determine whether, based on available evidence, a valuation
allowance is necessary. Accordingly, we have performed such
evaluation, from time to time, based on historical evidence,
trends in profitability, expectations of future taxable income
and implemented tax planning strategies. In 2008, we determined
that a valuation allowance was no longer necessary for
substantially all
24
of our U.S. deferred tax assets because, based on the
available evidence, we concluded that realization of these net
deferred tax assets was more likely than not. We continue to
maintain a valuation allowance for certain foreign deferred tax
assets, and recorded a valuation allowance on certain of our
California deferred tax assets in the first quarter of 2009 as a
result of our expectations of future usage of the California
deferred tax assets. In the event, in the future, we determine
an additional valuation allowance is necessary with respect to
our U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax assets, we would
incur a charge equal to the amount of the valuation allowance in
the period in which we made such determination as a discrete
item, and this could have a material and adverse effect on our
results of operations for such period.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with
uncertainties in the application of complex global tax
regulations. We recognize potential liabilities for anticipated
tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions
based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which,
additional taxes will be due. In the event we determine that it
is appropriate to create a reserve or increase an existing
reserve for any such potential liabilities, the amount of the
additional reserve is charged as an expense in the period in
which it is determined. If payment of these amounts ultimately
proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would
result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we
determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. If the
estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate
tax assessment for the applicable period, a further charge to
expense in the period such short fall is determined would
result. Either such charge to expense could have a material and
adverse effect on our results of operations for the applicable
period. We have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service
that our 2008 and 2009 U.S. corporate income tax return has
been selected for audit, which is expected to commence in the
second quarter of 2011. If upon the conclusion of these audits,
the ultimate determination of taxes owed in the U.S. is for
an amount in excess of the tax provision we have recorded in the
applicable period, our overall tax expense and effective rate
could be adversely impacted in the period of adjustment.
We have requested an Advanced Pricing Agreement with the
Internal Revenue Service regarding our non-exclusive license of
our intellectual property rights to one of our international
subsidiaries, in 2008, and our sharing of research and
development costs with our international subsidiaries. If the
Internal Revenue Service is unwilling to enter into such
agreement on substantially the terms we have proposed and we are
ultimately forced to settle on terms that are unfavorable to us,
we may be required to take a charge to expense, in the period of
the settlement, arising from such unfavorable terms that could
have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations
for such period. We completed the same non-exclusive license of
Omneon intellectual property in the fourth quarter of 2010, and
expect to request the Internal Revenue Service to enter into an
Advanced Pricing Agreement with respect to the Omneon license,
which will have the same risk to us as the Advanced Pricing
Agreement we are presently negotiating.
We continue to be in the process of expanding our international
operations and staffing to better support our expansion into
international markets. This expansion includes the
implementation of an international structure that includes,
among other things, an international support center in Europe, a
research and development cost-sharing arrangement, certain
licenses and other contractual arrangements between us and our
wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. As a result of
these changes, we anticipate that our consolidated pre-tax
income will be subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax
rates when compared to the United States federal statutory tax
rate and, as a consequence, our effective income tax rate is
expected to be lower than the United States federal statutory
rate. In addition, recent statements from the IRS have indicated
their intent to seek greater disclosure by companies of their
reserves for uncertain tax positions.
Our future effective income tax rates could be adversely
affected if tax authorities challenge our international tax
structure or if the relative mix of United States and
international income changes for any reason. Accordingly, there
can be no assurance that our income tax rate will be less than
the United States federal statutory rate in future periods.
We or
our customers may face intellectual property infringement claims
from third parties.
Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number
of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telco industry have extensive patent
portfolios. From time to time, third parties have asserted, and
may assert in the future,
25
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. Our suppliers and their
customers, including us, may have similar claims asserted
against them. A number of third parties, including companies
with greater financial and other resources than us, have
asserted patent rights to technologies that are important to us.
Any future intellectual property litigation, regardless of its
outcome, could result in substantial expense and significant
diversion of the efforts of our management and technical
personnel. An adverse determination in any such proceeding could
subject us to significant liabilities, temporary or permanent
injunctions or require us to seek licenses from third parties or
pay royalties that may be substantial. Furthermore, necessary
licenses may not be available on terms satisfactory to us, or at
all. An unfavorable outcome on any such litigation matter could
require that we pay substantial damages, could require that we
pay ongoing royalty payments or could prohibit us from selling
certain of our products. Any such outcome could have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial
position and cash flows.
In April 2010, Arris Corporation filed a complaint in United
States District Court in Atlanta, alleging that our Streamliner
3000 product infringes four patents held by Arris. The complaint
seeks injunctive relief and damages. Harmonic was served with
the complaint in August 2010 and filed its answer in September
2010. At this time, we cannot predict the outcome of this
matter, with certainty. In connection with this matter, we
recorded a $1.3 million liability in the fourth quarter of
2010 based on managements determination of our probable
and estimable exposure in the matter. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter, at a level materially above such charge, could
adversely affect our operating results, financial position and
cash flows.
In July 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems (now
Northrop Grumman Guidance and Electronics Company, Inc.) filed a
complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central District
of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of our products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. The judge ordered the parties to
mediation, and following the mediation sessions, Harmonic and
Litton entered into a settlement agreement in January 2009. The
settlement agreement provided that, in exchange for a one-time
lump sum payment from us to Litton of $5 million, Litton
(i) will not bring suit against us, or any of our
affiliates, customers, vendors, representatives, distributors,
or contract manufacturers, for any liability for making, using,
offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed one or more of the
relevant patents, and (ii) released us from any liability
for making, using, or selling any Harmonic products that may
have infringed on such patents. We paid the settlement amount in
January 2009.
Our suppliers and customers may have intellectual property
claims relating to our products asserted against them. We have
agreed to indemnify some of our suppliers and customers for
patent infringement relating to our products. The scope of this
indemnity varies, but, in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees) incurred by the supplier or customer in
connection with such claims.
We may
be the subject of litigation which, if adversely determined,
could harm our business and operating results.
In addition to the litigation discussed elsewhere in this Report
on
Form 10-K,
we may be subject to claims arising in the normal course of
business. The costs of defending any litigation, whether cash
expenses or in management time, could harm our business and
materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash
flows. An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could
require that we pay substantial damages, or, in connection with
any intellectual property infringement claims, could require
that we pay ongoing royalty payments or could prohibit us from
selling certain of our products. In addition, we may decide to
settle any litigation, which could cause us to incur significant
settlement costs. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome on any
litigation matter could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.
As an example, we have received letters from several of our
customers, notifying us that the customer intends to exercise
its indemnification rights in agreements between the customer
and us with respect to a patent infringement claim brought
against the customer that may cover products we have sold to the
customer. Many of these notices arise out of a spate of patent
infringement claims, and related litigation, made by the
Multimedia Patent Trust (MPT), an affiliate of
Alcatel-Lucent, against end-users of products used in the
industries we
26
address. Any such litigation by MPT may be very expensive to
defend, and there could be significant financial exposure to
each of such customers if MPT is successful in such litigation
or in extracting a settlement of such claims. None of the
notices we have received from a customer with respect to its
indemnification rights related to the MPT litigation has
demanded that we defend the customer against such claims or
litigation, or currently reimburse the customer for its costs of
such defense, or pay any other specified sum to the customer. At
this time, we cannot predict whether the claims by MPT are
legitimate or actually cover any of our products, whether any of
the claims may result in a settlement or judgment against a
customer defendant, or whether we would have any liability under
our indemnification obligations for defense or settlement costs
or damages paid by any customer defendant. In the event one or
more of our customers makes an indemnification claim against us
with respect to a specific amount of defense or settlement costs
or damages it suffers as a result of such MPT claims or
litigation, we could be obligated to pay amounts to such
customers that would materially and adversely affect our
operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
We
rely on distributors, value-added resellers and systems
integrators for a significant portion of our revenue, and
disruptions to, or our failure to develop and manage, our
relationships with these customers and the processes and
procedures that support them could adversely affect our
business.
We generate a significant portion of our revenue through sales
to distributors, value-added resellers, or VARs, and systems
integrators, principally to assist us with fulfillment or
installation obligations. We expect that these sales will
continue to generate a significant percentage of our revenue in
the future. Accordingly, our future success is highly dependent
upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with
a variety of distributors. Our reliance on VARs and systems
integrators that specialize in video delivery solutions,
products and services has increased since the completion of our
acquisition of Omneon in September 2010.
We generally have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase
commitments with any of our distributor, VAR or system
integrator customers, and our contracts with these parties do
not prohibit them from purchasing or offering products or
services that compete with ours. Our competitors may provide
incentives to our distributor, VAR and systems integrator
customers to favor their products or, in effect, to prevent or
reduce sales of our products. Our distributor, VAR or systems
integrator customers may independently choose not to purchase or
offer our products. Many of our distributors, VARs and system
integrators are small, are based in a variety of international
locations and may have relatively unsophisticated processes and
limited financial resources to conduct their business. Any
significant disruption to our sales to these customers,
including as a result of the inability or unwillingness of these
customers to continue purchasing our products, or their failure
to properly manage their business with respect to the purchase
of and payment for our products, could materially and adversely
impact our business, operating results, financial condition and
cash flows. In addition, our failure to continue to establish or
maintain successful relationships with distributor, VAR and
systems integrator customers could likewise materially and
adversely affect our business, operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.
We
have made, and expect to continue to make, acquisitions, and any
acquisition could disrupt our operations and materially and
adversely affect our operating results and financial
condition.
As part of our business strategy, from time to time we have
acquired, and continue to consider acquiring, businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines that we believe
complement or expand our existing business. Most recently, in
September 2010, we completed the acquisition of Omneon, a
privately-held company, that provides broadcast video server and
storage systems used for video production and
play-to-air
workflows. It is likely that we will make additional
acquisitions, from time to time, in the future.
We may face challenges as a result of these acquisition
activities, because such activities entail numerous risks,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the possibility that an acquisition may not close because of,
among other things, a failure of a party to satisfy the
conditions to closing or an acquisition target entering into an
alternative transaction;
|
|
|
|
unanticipated costs or delays associated with the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation and integration of acquired
operations, technologies
and/or
products;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from the regular
operations of the business and the challenges of managing a
larger and more geographically widespread operation and product
portfolio;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in integrating acquired companies systems,
controls, policies and procedures to comply with the internal
control over financial reporting requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
|
|
|
|
adverse effects on new and existing business relationships with
suppliers, contract manufacturers and customers;
|
|
|
|
channel conflicts and disputes between distributors and other
partners of ours and the acquired companies;
|
|
|
|
potential difficulties in completing projects associated with
in-process research and development;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with entering markets in which we may have no
or limited prior experience;
|
|
|
|
the potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation of different corporate cultures
and practices;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in bringing acquired products and businesses into
compliance with applicable legal requirements in jurisdictions
in which we operate and sell products;
|
|
|
|
substantial charges for acquisition costs, which are required to
be expensed under accounting guidance on business combinations;
|
|
|
|
substantial charges for the amortization of certain purchased
intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or similar items;
|
|
|
|
substantial impairments to goodwill or intangible assets in the
event that an acquisition proves to be less valuable than the
price we paid for it; and
|
|
|
|
delays in realizing, or failure to realize, the anticipated
benefits of an acquisition.
|
Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines has been, and is likely
to continue to be, intense. As such, even if we are able to
identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may
not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially
reasonable terms or because the target chooses to be acquired by
another company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to
identify and consummate any future acquisitions, we may, in each
of those acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
issue equity securities which would dilute current
stockholders percentage ownership;
|
|
|
|
incur substantial debt to finance the acquisition or by
assumption in the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
incur significant acquisition-related expenses;
|
|
|
|
assume substantial liabilities, contingent or otherwise; or
|
|
|
|
expend significant cash.
|
These financing activities or expenditures could materially and
adversely affect our operating results and financial condition
or the price of our common stock, or both. Alternatively, due to
difficulties in the capital or credit markets, we may be unable
to secure capital on reasonable terms, or at all, necessary to
complete an acquisition.
Moreover, even if we were to obtain benefits from acquisitions
in the form of increased revenue and earnings per share, there
may be a delay between the time the expenses associated with an
acquisition are incurred and the time we recognize such benefits.
If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows
could be materially and adversely affected.
28
Conditions
and changes in some national and global economic environments
may adversely affect our business and financial
results.
Adverse economic conditions in geographic markets in which we
operate may harm our business. Recently as described in the
first risk factor in this section, economic conditions in some
countries in which we sell products, principally emerging market
countries, have been weak. That weakness is principally the
result of global financial markets having experienced a severe
downturn, stemming from a multitude of factors, including
adverse credit conditions, slower economic activity, concerns
about inflation and deflation, rapid changes in foreign exchange
rates, increased energy costs, decreased consumer confidence,
reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business
conditions and liquidity concerns. Economic growth in the
U.S. and in many other countries slowed in the fourth
quarter of 2007, slowed further or remained relatively flat in
2008 and 2009 and remained relatively flat in 2010, improving
slightly in the U.S. toward the end of the year. The global
economic slowdown led many of our customers to decrease their
expenditures in 2009, and we believe that this slowdown caused
certain of our customers to reduce or delay orders for our
products. Many of our international customers, particularly
those in emerging markets, have been exposed to tight credit
markets and depreciating currencies, further restricting their
ability to build out or upgrade their networks. Some customers
have had difficulty in servicing or retiring existing debt, and
the financial constraints on certain international customers
required us to significantly increase our allowance for doubtful
accounts in the fourth quarter of 2008.
During challenging economic times, and in tight credit markets,
many customers may delay or reduce capital expenditures. This
could result in reductions in revenue of our products, longer
sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable,
slower adoption of new technologies and increased price
competition. If global economic and market conditions, or
economic conditions in the United States or other key markets,
remain weak or deteriorate further, we may experience a material
and adverse impact on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
Broadband
communications markets are characterized by rapid technological
change.
Broadband communications markets are subject to rapid changes,
making it difficult to accurately predict the markets
future growth rates, sizes or technological directions. In view
of the evolving nature of these markets, it is possible that pay
TV service providers, broadcasters, content providers and other
video production and delivery companies will decide to adopt
alternative architectures, new business models,
and/or
technologies that are incompatible with our current or future
products. In addition, successful new entrants into the media
markets, both domestic and international, may impact existing
industry business models, resulting in decreased spending by our
existing customer base. Finally, decisions by customers to adopt
new technologies or products are often delayed by extensive
evaluation and qualification processes, which can result in
delays in revenue of current and new products. If we are unable
to design, develop, manufacture and sell products that
incorporate, or are compatible with, these new architectures or
technologies, our business, operating results, financial
condition and cash flows will be materially and adversely
affected.
In
order to manage our growth, we must be successful in addressing
management succession issues and attracting and retaining
qualified personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the
ability of our management to operate effectively, both
individually and as a group. We must successfully manage
transition and replacement issues that may result from the
departure or retirement of members of our executive management,
whether in the context of an acquisition or otherwise. We cannot
assure you that changes of management personnel in the future
would not cause disruption to our operations or customer
relationships or a decline in our operating results.
We are also dependent on our ability to retain and motivate our
existing highly qualified personnel, in addition to attracting
new highly qualified personnel. Competition for qualified
management, technical and other personnel is often intense, and
we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such
personnel. Competitors and others have in the past attempted,
and are likely in the future to attempt, to recruit our
employees. While our employees are required to sign standard
agreements concerning confidentiality and ownership of
inventions, we generally do not have employment contracts or
non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. The loss
of the services of
29
any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain
highly qualified personnel in the future or delays in hiring
such personnel, particularly senior management and engineers and
other technical personnel, could negatively affect our business
and our results of operations.
We may
need additional capital in the future and may not be able to
secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.
We have been engaged in the design, manufacture and sale of a
variety of video products and system solutions since inception,
which has required, and will continue to require, significant
research and development expenditures. As a result, we have
generated substantial operating losses from the time we began
operations in 1988. These losses have had an adverse effect on
our stockholders equity and working capital. As of
December 31, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of
$1.9 billion.
In September 2010, we completed the acquisition of Omneon. The
purchase price was approximately $251.3 million, which
included approximately $153.3 million in cash, net of
$40.5 million of cash acquired. The cash portion of the
purchase price was paid from then existing cash balances.
Taking into account the acquisition of Omneon and the use of
approximately $153.3 million of cash to complete the
transaction, we believe that our existing cash of
$120.4 million, at December 31, 2010, will satisfy our
cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However,
we may need to raise additional funds if our expectations are
incorrect, to take advantage of presently unanticipated
strategic opportunities, to satisfy our other cash requirements
from time to time, or to strengthen our financial position. Our
ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number of
factors, including factors beyond our control, such as weakness
in the economic conditions in markets in which we sell our
products and continued uncertainty in the financial, capital and
credit markets. In particular, companies like us are
experiencing some difficulty raising capital from issuances of
debt or equity securities in the current capital market
environment and may also have difficulty securing bank
financing. There can be no assurance that such financing will be
available to us on reasonable terms, if at all, when and if it
is needed.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital to finance the
acquisition and related expenses, as well as to integrate
operations following the acquisition, and could require us to
issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders.
We may raise additional financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings, or corporate partnership or
licensing arrangements. To the extent we raise additional
capital by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, our
stockholders may experience dilution. To the extent that we
raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. To the extent we raise capital through
debt financing arrangements, we may be required to pledge assets
or enter into covenants that could restrict our operations or
our ability to incur further indebtedness.
If adequate capital is not available, or is not available on
reasonable terms, when needed, we may not be able to take
advantage of acquisition or other market opportunities, to
timely develop new products or to otherwise respond to
competitive pressures.
We
need to effectively manage our operations.
In recent years, the Company has grown significantly,
principally through acquisitions, and expanded our international
operations. Upon the closing of our acquisition of Scopus in the
first quarter of 2009, we added 221 employees, most of whom
are based in Israel. Upon the closing of the acquisition of
Omneon in September 2010, we added 286 employees, most of
whom are based in the U.S. In addition, we now have
440 employees in our international operations, representing
approximately 40% of our worldwide workforce. Our ability to
manage our business effectively in the future, including with
respect to any future growth, the integration of recent and any
future acquisitions, and the breadth of our international
operations, will require us to train, motivate and manage our
30
employees successfully, to attract and integrate new employees
into our overall operations, to retain key employees and to
continue to improve our operational, financial and management
systems. There can be no assurances that we will be successful
in that regard, and our failure to effectively manage our
operations could have a material and adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition.
Our
failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights may
adversely affect us.
We currently hold 55 issued U.S. patents and 13 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we can give no assurances that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us, or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We can give no assurances that
others will not develop technologies that are similar or
superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies or
design around the patents that we own. In addition, effective
patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable
or limited in certain foreign countries in which we do business
or may do business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and we do not rely on our
patent portfolio to give us a competitive advantage over others
in our industry. We believe that the future success of our
business will depend on our ability to translate the
technological expertise and innovation of our personnel into new
and enhanced products. We generally enter into confidentiality
or license agreements with our employees, consultants, and
vendors and our customers, as needed, and generally limit access
to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and
other resources, and could negatively affect our business,
operating results, financial position and cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products, we may be required to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements with third parties. Although
many companies are often willing to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements, we cannot assure you that
such agreements may be negotiated on reasonable terms, or at
all. The failure to enter into technology development or
licensing agreements, when necessary or desirable, could limit
our ability to develop and market new products and could
materially and adversely affect our business.
Our
products include third-party technology and intellectual
property, and our inability to use that technology in the future
could harm our business.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, including
software programs, into our products, and intend to utilize
additional third-party technologies in the future. Licenses to
relevant third-party technologies or updates to those
technologies may not continue to be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the
technologies that we license may not operate properly or as
specified, and we may not be able to secure alternatives in a
timely manner, either of which could harm our business. We could
face delays in product releases until alternative technology can
be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our
products, if we are able to do so at all. These delays, or a
failure to secure or develop adequate technology, could
materially and adversely affect our business.
We
face risks associated with having important facilities and
resources located in Israel.
We maintain facilities in two locations in Israel with a total
of 221 employees, or 20% of our worldwide workforce, as of
December 31, 2010. Our employees in Israel engage in a
number of activities, including research and development, the
development of, and supply chain management, for one product
line, and sales activities.
31
We are directly influenced by the political, economic and
military conditions affecting Israel. Any significant conflict
involving Israel could have a direct effect on our business or
that of our Israeli contract manufacturers, in the form of
physical damage or injury, reluctance to travel within or to
Israel by our Israeli and other employees or those of our
subcontractors, or the loss of Israeli employees to active
military duty. Most of our employees in Israel are currently
obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense
Forces, and several have been called for active military duty in
recent years. In the event that more employees are called to
active duty, certain of our research and development activities
may be adversely affected, including significantly delayed. In
addition, the interruption or curtailment of trade between
Israel and its trading partners, as a result of terrorist
attacks or hostilities, conflicts between Israel and any other
Middle Eastern country or any other cause, could significantly
harm our business. Current or future tensions in the Middle East
could materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Furthermore, the Israeli government grants that we received for
research and development expenditures limit our ability to
manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of
Israel, and, if we fail to satisfy specified conditions in the
grants, we may be required to refund such grants, together with
interest and penalties, and may be subject to criminal charges.
We are
subject to import and export controls that could subject us to
liability or impair our ability to compete in international
markets.
Our products are subject to U.S. export controls, and may
be exported outside the United States only with the required
level of export license or through an export license exception,
in most cases because we incorporate encryption technology into
our products. In addition, various countries regulate the import
of certain technology and have enacted laws that could limit our
ability to distribute our products or could limit our
customers ability to implement our products in those
countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and
import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our
products in international markets, prevent our customers with
international operations from deploying our products throughout
their global systems or, in some cases, prevent the export or
import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any
change in export or import regulations or related legislation,
shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing
regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies
targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of
our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell
our products to, existing or potential customers internationally.
In addition, we may be subject to customs duties that could have
a significant adverse impact on our operating results or, if we
are able to pass on the related costs in any particular
situation, would increase the cost of the related product to our
customers. As a result, the future imposition of significant
increases in the level of customs duties or the creation of
import quotas on our products in Europe or in other
jurisdictions, or any of the limitations on international sales
described above, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Further, some of our customers in Europe have been, or are
being, audited by local governmental authorities regarding the
tariff classifications used for importation of our products.
Import duties and tariffs vary by country and a different tariff
classification for any of our products may result in higher
duties or tariffs, which could have an adverse impact on our
operating results and potentially increase the cost of the
related products to our customers.
Negative
conditions in the global credit and financial markets may impair
the liquidity or the value of a portion of our investment
portfolio.
The recent negative conditions in the global credit and
financial markets have had an adverse impact on the liquidity of
certain investments. In the event we need or desire to access
funds from the short-term investments that we hold, it is
possible that we may not be able to do so due to market
conditions. If a buyer is found, but is unwilling to purchase
the investments at par or our cost, we may incur a loss.
Further, rating downgrades of the security issuer or the third
parties insuring such investments may require us to adjust the
carrying value of these investments through an impairment
charge. For example, during 2008, we recorded an impairment
charge of $0.8 million relating to an investment in an
unsecured debt instrument of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. Our
inability to sell all or some of our short-term investments at
par or our cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could materially and adversely affect our results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
32
In addition, we invest our cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments in a variety of investment vehicles in a number of
countries with, and in the custody of, financial institutions
with high credit ratings. While our investment policy and
strategy attempt to manage interest rate risk, limit credit
risk, and only invest in what we view as very high-quality
securities, the outlook for our investment holdings is dependent
on general economic conditions, interest rate trends and
volatility in the financial marketplace, which can all affect
the income that we receive, the value of our investments and our
ability to sell them.
We believe that our investment securities are carried at fair
value. However, over time the economic and market environment in
which we conduct business may provide us with additional insight
regarding the fair value of certain securities in our portfolio
that could change our judgment regarding impairment of those
securities. This could result in unrealized or realized losses
in our securities, relating to other than temporary declines,
being charged against income. Given the current market
conditions involved, there is continuing risk that further
declines in fair value of our portfolio securities may occur and
additional impairments may be charged to income in future
periods.
If
demand for our products increases more quickly than we expect,
we may be unable to meet our customers
requirements.
If demand for our products increases, the difficulty of
accurately forecasting our customers requirements and
meeting these requirements will increase. Forecasting to meet
customers needs and effectively managing our supply chain
is particularly difficult in connection with newer products. Our
ability to meet customer demand depends significantly on the
availability of components and other materials, as well as the
ability of our contract manufacturers to scale their production.
Furthermore, we purchase several key components, subassemblies
and modules used in the manufacture or integration of our
products from sole or limited sources. Our ability to meet
customer requirements depends in part on our ability to obtain
sufficient volumes of these materials in a timely fashion.
Increases in demand on our suppliers and subcontractors from
other customers may cause sporadic shortages of certain
components and products. In order to be able to respond to these
issues, we have increased our inventories of certain components
and products, particularly for our customers that order
significant dollar amounts of our products, and expedited
shipments of our products when necessary, which has increased
our costs and could increase our risk of holding obsolete or
excessive inventory. We also employ a demand order fulfillment
model which is designed to mitigate the effects of increases or
decreases in demand for any products. Nevertheless, we may be
unable to respond to customer demand that increases more quickly
than we expect. If we fail to meet customers supply
expectations, our revenue would be adversely affected and we may
lose business, which could materially and adversely affect our
operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
We are
subject to various laws and regulations related to the
environment and potential climate change that could impose
substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.
Our operations are regulated under various federal, state, local
and international laws relating to the environment and potential
climate change, including those governing the management,
disposal and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the
cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur costs and fines,
third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could
be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation
costs, if we were to violate or become liable under
environmental laws. The ultimate costs to us under these laws
and the timing of these costs are difficult to predict.
We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we
adjust to new and future requirements relating to the presence
of certain substances in electronic products and making
producers of those products financially responsible for the
collection, treatment, recycling, and disposal of certain
products. For example, the European Parliament and the Council
of the European Union have enacted the Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, which regulates the
collection, recovery, and recycling of waste from electrical and
electronic products, and the Restriction on the Use of Certain
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(RoHS) directive, which bans the use of certain hazardous
materials, including lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent
chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs), and polybrominated
diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) that exceed certain specified levels.
Legislation similar to RoHS and WEEE has been or may be enacted
in other jurisdictions, including in the United States, Japan,
and China. Our failure to comply with these laws could result in
our being
33
directly or indirectly liable for costs, fines or penalties and
third-party claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct
business in such regions and countries.
We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new
environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although
we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and
regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, and
could require that we redesign or change how we manufacture our
products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
Some
anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of
incorporation, bylaws and stockholder rights plan, as well as
provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover
attempt.
We have provisions in our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or
discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our Board of
Directors. These include provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued
with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to
our common stock;
|
|
|
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our
directors and officers;
|
|
|
|
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call, and bring
business before, special meetings;
|
|
|
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business
to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for
nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors;
|
|
|
|
controlling the procedures for conduct and scheduling of Board
and stockholder meetings; and
|
|
|
|
providing the Board of Directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel
previously scheduled special meetings.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers or changes in control of us or our management.
In addition, we have adopted a stockholder rights plan. The
rights are not intended to prevent a takeover, and we believe
these rights will help us in our negotiations with any potential
acquirers. However, if the Board of Directors believes that a
particular acquisition of us is undesirable, the rights may have
the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging that
acquisition. The rights would cause substantial dilution to a
person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms, or in a
manner, not approved by our Board of Directors, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned upon redemption of the rights.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more
than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in
certain business combinations without approval of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, our
stockholder rights plan or Delaware law that has the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their
shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that
some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our
common stock price may be extremely volatile, and the value of
an investment in our stock may decline.
Our common stock price has been highly volatile. We expect that
this volatility will continue in the future due to factors such
as:
|
|
|
|
|
general market and economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated variations in operating results;
|
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations, new products or new
services by us or by our competitors or customers;
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock
market analysts regarding us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
|
|
|
|
announcements by our customers regarding end market conditions
and the status of existing and future infrastructure network
deployments;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel; and
|
|
|
|
future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of these
offerings.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general, and
the NASDAQ Stock Market and the securities of technology
companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
individual companies. These broad market fluctuations have in
the past, and may in the future, materially and adversely affect
our stock price, regardless of our operating results. In these
circumstances, investors may be unable to sell their shares of
our common stock at or above their purchase price over the short
term, or at all.
Our
stock price may decline if additional shares are sold in the
market or if analysts drop coverage of, or downgrade, our
stock.
Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock by our existing stockholders in the public market, or the
perception that these sales could occur, may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline. In addition, we will be
required to issue additional shares upon exercise of stock
options or grants of restricted stock units. Increased sales of
our common stock in the market after exercise of outstanding
stock options or grants of restricted stock units could exert
downward pressure on our stock price. These sales also might
make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related
securities in the future at a time and price we deem appropriate.
The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the
availability of research and reports that third-party industry
or securities analysts publish about us. If one or more of the
analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price
may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of
us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could
cause the liquidity of our stock and our stock price to decline.
We are
exposed to additional costs and risks associated with complying
with increasing regulation of corporate governance and
disclosure standards.
We have been spending a substantial amount of management time
and costly external resources to comply with changes in laws,
regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and
public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC
regulations and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. In particular,
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires
managements annual review and evaluation of our internal
control over financial reporting and attestation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
by our independent registered public accounting firm in
connection with the filing of our Report on
Form 10-K
for each fiscal year. We have documented and tested our internal
control systems and procedures and have made improvements in
order for us to comply with the requirements of
Section 404. This process has required us to hire
additional personnel and outside advisory services and has
resulted in significant additional expenses.
While our managements assessment of our internal control
over financial reporting resulted in our conclusion that, as of
December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial
reporting was effective, and our independent registered public
accounting firm has attested that our internal control over
financial reporting was effective in all material respects as of
December 31, 2010, we cannot predict the outcome of our
testing and that of our independent registered public accounting
firm in future periods. If we conclude in future periods that
our internal control over financial reporting is not effective
or if our independent registered public accounting firm is
unable to provide an unqualified attestation as of future
year-ends, we will incur substantial additional costs in an
effort to correct such problems and investors may lose
confidence in our financial statements, and the price of our
stock will likely decrease in the short term, until we correct
such problems, and perhaps in the long term, as well.
35
The
ongoing threat of terrorism has created uncertainty and may harm
our business.
Current conditions in the U.S. and global economies are
uncertain. The terrorist attacks in the U.S. in 2001 and
subsequent terrorist attacks in other parts of the world have
created many economic and political uncertainties that have
adversely impacted the global economy and, as a result, have
adversely affected our business. The long-term effects of such
attacks, of the recently increasing social and political
instability in the Middle East and of the ongoing war on
terrorism on our business and the global economy remain unknown.
Such uncertainty has tended to increase the price of certain
commodities, particularly oil, which could have an indirect
adverse impact on the cost of manufacturing our products.
Moreover, the potential for future terrorist attacks makes it
difficult to estimate the long term stability and strength of
the U.S. and other economies, particularly those in certain
emerging market countries, and the impact of resulting economic
conditions on our business.
The
markets in which we, our customers and our suppliers operate are
subject to the risk of earthquakes and other natural
disasters.
Our headquarters and the majority of our operations are located
in California, which is prone to earthquakes, and some of the
other locations in which we, our customers and suppliers conduct
business are prone to natural disasters. In the event that any
of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we
may sustain damage to our operations and properties and suffer
significant financial losses. Furthermore, we rely on
third-party manufacturers for the production of many of our
products, and any significant disruption in the business or
operations of such manufacturers could adversely impact our
business. In addition, if there is a major earthquake or other
natural disaster in any of the locations in which our
significant customers are located, we face the risk that our
customers may incur losses, or sustained business interruption
and/or loss,
which may materially impair their ability to continue their
purchase of products from us. A major earthquake or other
natural disaster in the markets in which we, our customers or
suppliers operate could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
None.
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal
operations and corporate headquarters in San Jose,
California. We also have research and development centers in
Oregon, New York and New Jersey, several sales offices in the
U.S., sales and support centers in Europe and Asia, and research
and development centers in Israel and Hong Kong. Our leases,
which expire at various dates through December 2020, are for an
aggregate of approximately 429,000 square feet of space. In
September 2010, we relocated our corporate headquarters to
San Jose, California, from Sunnyvale, California. The
Sunnyvale lease terminated in September 2010. The San Jose
lease has a term of ten years and is for approximately
188,000 square feet of space. The San Jose facility
houses our manufacturing, research and development and corporate
headquarters functions. We believe that the facilities that we
currently occupy are adequate for our current needs and that
suitable additional space will be available, as needed, to
accommodate the presently foreseeable expansion of our
operations.
Of our leased facilities, an aggregate of approximately
76,000 square feet is in the Omneon Sunnyvale office and
the Scopus New Jersey office and is in excess of our space
requirements. We no longer occupy these facilities and the
estimated loss, net of potential estimated sublease income, for
this square footage has been included in the excess facilities
charges recorded in the years ended December 31, 2010 and
2009. The Scopus New Jersey lease terminates in May 2011 and the
Omneon Sunnyvale lease terminates in June 2013.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
On March 4, 2010, Interkey ELC Ltd, or Interkey, filed a
lawsuit in Israel, alleging breach of contract against Harmonic
and Scopus Video Networks Ltd. (now Harmonic Video Networks Ltd.
or HVN), which was acquired by Harmonic in March
2009, and Harmonic. The plaintiffs are seeking damages in the
amount of 6,300,000 ILS
36
(approximately $1.7 million). Harmonic believes
Interkeys and its shareholders claims are without merit
and Harmonic and HVN intend to vigorously defend themselves
against these claims.
In April 2010, Arris Corporation filed a complaint in United
States District Court in Atlanta, alleging that our Streamliner
3000 product infringes four patents held by Arris. The complaint
seeks injunctive relief and damages. Harmonic was served with
the complaint in August 2010 and filed its answer in September
2010. At this time, we cannot predict the outcome of this
matter, with certainty. In connection with this matter, we
recorded a $1.3 million liability in the fourth quarter of
2010 based on managements determination of our probable
and estimable exposure in the matter. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter, at a level materially above such charge, could
adversely affect our operating results, financial position and
cash flows.
In May 2003, a derivative action, purporting to be on our
behalf, was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara against certain current and former officers and
directors. The derivative action alleged facts similar to those
alleged in the securities class action filed against Harmonic in
2000 and settled in 2008. The securities class action alleged
that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Exchange Act. The complaint in the securities class
action litigation also alleged that certain defendants violated
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act, by filing a false or
misleading registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy
in connection with the C-Cube acquisition. In March 2009, the
Court hearing the derivative action granted final approval of a
settlement in connection with the matter. The settlement
released Harmonics officers and directors from all claims
brought in the derivative lawsuit, and the Company paid $550,000
to cover the plaintiffs attorneys fees.
In July 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems filed a
complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central District
of California, alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. In August 2007, the District Court
granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed this
motion and, in June 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated the District
Courts decision and remanded for further proceedings. At a
scheduling conference in September 2008, the judge ordered the
parties to mediation. Following the mediation sessions, Harmonic
and Litton entered into a settlement agreement in January 2009.
The settlement agreement provides that, in exchange for a
one-time lump sum payment from Harmonic to Litton of
$5 million, Litton (i) will not bring suit against
Harmonic, any of its affiliates, customers, vendors,
representatives, distributors, or its contract manufacturers for
any liability for making, using, offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents, and (ii) released Harmonic from any
liability for making, using or selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. The Company recorded a
provision of $5.0 million in its selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008. Harmonic paid the settlement amount in January 2009.
Harmonic is subject to other litigation incidental to its
business that is not believed to be material to the Company.
37
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
a) Market information: Harmonics common stock
is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol HLIT, and
has been listed on NASDAQ since Harmonics initial public
offering on May 22, 1995. The following table sets forth,
for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price per
share of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global
Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
7.00
|
|
|
$
|
4.46
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
7.85
|
|
|
|
5.07
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
7.07
|
|
|
|
5.24
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
6.84
|
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
6.95
|
|
|
$
|
5.78
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
7.27
|
|
|
|
5.25
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
7.14
|
|
|
|
5.34
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
8.87
|
|
|
|
6.37
|
|
Holders of record: At February 11, 2011,
there were 519 stockholders of record of Harmonics Common
Stock.
Dividends: Harmonic has never declared or paid
any dividends on its capital stock. Harmonic currently expects
to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Harmonics line
of credit includes covenants prohibiting the payment of cash
dividends.
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: The disclosure required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
will be set forth in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption
Equity Plan Information and is incorporated herein
by reference.
Sales of unregistered securities: Not applicable.
b) Use of proceeds: Not applicable.
c) Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and
affiliated purchasers: During the year ended December 31 2010,
neither Harmonic, nor any of its affiliated entities,
repurchased any of Harmonics equity securities.
38
PERFORMANCE
GRAPH
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage
change in the cumulative return to the stockholders of the
Companys common stock with the cumulative return of the
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index and of the Standard &
Poors (S&P) 500 Index for the period commencing
December 31, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2010. The
graph assumes that $100 was invested in each of the
Companys common stock, the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ
Telecommunications Index on December 31, 2005, and assumes
the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The comparisons shown in
the graph below are based upon historical data. Harmonic
cautions that the stock price performance shown in the graph
below is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, the
potential future performance of the Companys common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
|
12/31/06
|
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
|
12/31/08
|
|
|
12/31/09
|
|
|
12/31/10
|
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
149.90
|
|
|
|
|
216.08
|
|
|
|
|
115.67
|
|
|
|
|
130.52
|
|
|
|
|
176.70
|
|
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
131.50
|
|
|
|
|
146.22
|
|
|
|
|
85.43
|
|
|
|
|
118.25
|
|
|
|
|
129.78
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
115.80
|
|
|
|
|
122.16
|
|
|
|
|
76.96
|
|
|
|
|
97.33
|
|
|
|
|
111.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
The data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
423,344
|
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
195,401
|
|
|
|
134,360
|
|
|
|
177,533
|
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
5,142
|
|
|
|
(12,035
|
)
|
|
|
39,305
|
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
120,371
|
|
|
$
|
271,070
|
|
|
$
|
327,163
|
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
217,898
|
|
|
|
325,185
|
|
|
|
375,131
|
|
|
|
283,276
|
|
|
|
97,398
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
720,386
|
|
|
|
572,034
|
|
|
|
564,363
|
|
|
|
475,779
|
|
|
|
281,962
|
|
Long term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
Long-term financing liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
520,203
|
|
|
|
407,473
|
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On September 15, 2010, we acquired Omneon, Inc. for a
purchase price of $251.3 million, net of cash acquired. The
2010 income from operations and net loss included a charge of
$5.9 million for acquisition costs related to the Omneon
acquisition. See Note 3 Acquisitions of the
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
|
|
|
|
In addition, the 2010 income from operations and net loss
included approximately $3.0 million of excess facilities
charges, primarily related to the closure of the Omneon
Sunnyvale office, and $1.6 million for severance expenses.
|
|
|
|
On March 12, 2009, we acquired Scopus Video Networks for a
purchase price of $63.1 million, net of cash acquired. The
2009 loss from operations and net loss included a charge of
$3.4 million for acquisition costs related to the Scopus
acquisition. See Note 3 Acquisitions of the
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
|
|
|
|
In addition, the 2009 loss from operations and net loss included
approximately $8.3 million of restructuring charges related
to the Scopus acquisition. These charges included approximately
$6.3 million in cost of revenue primarily related to
provisions for excess and obsolete inventories of
$5.8 million and $0.5 million for severance and other
expenses. Charges of approximately $2.0 million were
recorded in operating expenses related to the Scopus
acquisition, consisting primarily of severance costs.
|
|
|
|
The 2008 income from operations and net income included a charge
of $5.0 million for the settlement of a patent infringement
claim, a restructuring charge of $1.8 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for Sunnyvale, California
and UK buildings and an impairment charge of $0.8 million
on a short-term investment. We also recognized a benefit from
income taxes of $18.0 million resulting from the use of net
operating loss carryforwards and the release of the substantial
majority of our income tax valuation allowance.
|
|
|
|
On July 31, 2007, we acquired Rhozet Corporation for a
purchase price of $16.2 million.
|
|
|
|
The 2007 income from operations and net income included a charge
of $6.4 million for the settlement of the securities class
action lawsuit, a restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
income for a Sunnyvale, California building and a charge of
$0.5 million from the closure of the manufacturing and
research and development activities of Broadcast Technology
Limited (BTL). This was partially offset by a credit
of $1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected
sublease income due to the extension of a sublease of a building
to the lease expiration. The acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007
resulted in a charge of $0.7 million related to the
write-off of acquired in-process technology.
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2007, we adopted revised accounting guidance
for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The effect of
adopting this revised accounting guidance was an increase in the
Companys accumulated deficit of $2.1 million for
interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions that
existed at January 1, 2007.
|
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we sold and issued
12,500,000 shares of common stock in a public offering at a
price of $12.00 per share. Our net proceeds from the offering
were approximately $141.8 million, which was net of
underwriters discounts and commissions of approximately
$7.4 million and related legal, accounting, printing and
other costs totaling approximately $0.7 million. The net
proceeds from the offering have been used for general corporate
purposes.
|
|
|
|
On December 8, 2006, we acquired Entone Technologies, Inc.
for a purchase price of $48.9 million.
|
|
|
|
The 2006 gross profit, loss from operations and net income
included a charge of $3.0 million for restructuring charges
associated with a management reduction and a campus
consolidation. In addition, an impairment charge of
$1.0 million was recorded to write-off the remaining
balance of the intangibles from the BTL acquisition.
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations for 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and
2006 included amortization of intangible assets of
$17.4 million, $11.9 million, $6.1 million,
$5.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations for 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and
2006 included stock-based compensation expense of
$15.5 million, $10.6 million, $7.8 million,
$6.2 million and $5.8 million, respectively.
|
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video infrastructure products and system solutions that enable
our customers to efficiently create, prepare and deliver
broadcast and on-demand video services to televisions, personal
computers and mobile devices. Historically, the majority of our
sales have been derived from sales of video processing solutions
and network edge and access systems to cable television
operators and from sales of video processing solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. More recently, we are providing our video
processing solutions to telecommunications companies, or telcos,
broadcasters and other media companies that create video
programming or offer video services. In September 2010, we
acquired Omneon, Inc., a private, venture-backed company
specializing in file-based infrastructure for the production,
preparation and playout of video content typically deployed by
broadcasters, satellite operators, content owners and other
media companies. The acquisition of Omneon is complementary to
Harmonics core business, expanding our customer reach into
content providers and extending our product lines into video
servers and video-optimized storage for content production and
playout.
Harmonics net revenue increased by 32% in 2010 from 2009.
The increase in net revenue in 2010, compared to 2009, was in
part due to stronger worldwide customer demand for video
processing solutions. The growth in video processing revenue of
25% also contributed to the growth in service and support
activity related to the associated video processing solutions,
thus resulting in services and support revenue growth of 33% in
2010, when compared to 2009. In addition, Harmonics
revenue also increased as a result of the acquisition of Omneon
in September 2010 and its inclusion in our results from the date
of acquisition. Omneons product revenue, which for 2010
was $32.6 million, is included in the production and
playout product line. We also experienced an improved gross
margin percentage in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily due to a
more favorable mix of revenue towards higher gross margin
products, such as video processing and production and playout.
Further, when comparing 2010 to 2009, note that in 2009 we
recorded a charge of approximately $6.3 million to cost of
revenue, primarily consisting of excess and obsolete inventories
expenses from product discontinuances and severance expenses for
41
terminated Scopus employees, which lowered 2009 margins relative
to 2010 margins. Our operating results in 2010 also included
total charges of $8.9 million related to acquisition costs
and excess facilities associated with the Omneon purchase and
subsequent consolidation of Omneon personnel into our
San Jose, California facility.
Harmonics net revenue decreased by 12% in 2009 from 2008.
The decrease in revenues in 2009, compared to 2008, was
primarily due to weaker demand in 2009 from our domestic cable
and satellite customers, and our European cable customers, for
edge products and solutions primarily related to VOD, switched
digital video, modular cable modem termination systems, or
M-CMTS, deployments, and HDTV, offset by increased revenue
resulting from the acquisition of Scopus of $19.3 million.
We experienced a lower gross margin percentage in 2009, compared
to 2008, primarily due to the previously mentioned charge to
cost of revenue in 2009 associated with the Scopus operations,
lower gross margins on sales of edge and access products due to
competitive pricing pressures and the deployment of our then
current NSG platform, which platform carries lower initial gross
margins than our average gross margins, and increased
amortization of intangibles expense. Our operating results in
2009 included a charge of $3.4 million for acquisition
costs associated with the Scopus acquisition.
Financial difficulties of certain of our customers and changes
in our customers deployment plans have adversely affected
our business in the past. In 2008 and 2009, economic conditions
in many of the countries in which we sell products were very
weak, and global economic conditions and financial markets
experienced a severe downturn. The downturn stemmed from a
multitude of factors, including adverse credit conditions,
slower economic activity, concerns about inflation and
deflation, rapid changes in foreign exchange rates, increased
energy costs, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate
profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and
liquidity concerns.
Although there was an increase in global economic activity in
2010, economic growth may remain sluggish during 2011 in a few
developed countries and in some emerging market countries. The
severity or length of time that these adverse economic and
financial market conditions may persist, or whether such adverse
conditions may return in the U.S. and in other countries,
is unknown. During challenging or uncertain economic times, and
in tight credit markets, many customers may delay or reduce
capital expenditures, which in turn often results in lower
demand for our products.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2010, 2009, and
2008 represented 50%, 49%, and 44% of net revenue, respectively.
A significant portion of international sales are made to
distributors and system integrators, which are generally
responsible for importing the products and providing
installation and technical support and service to customers
within their territory. We expect international sales to
continue to account for a substantial portion of our net revenue
for the foreseeable future, and expect that, partially as a
result of the acquisitions of Scopus and Omneon, our
international sales may increase.
Further, we have a number of international customers to whom
sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Sales denominated in
foreign currencies were approximately 6%, 7% and 6% of net
revenue in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The value of the
U.S. dollar fluctuates significantly against many foreign
currencies, which includes the local currencies of many of our
international customers. If the U.S. dollar appreciates
relative to the local currencies of our customers, then the
prices of our products correspondingly increase for such
customers. Such an effect could adversely impact sales of our
products to such customers and result in longer sales cycles,
difficulties in collection of accounts receivable, slower
adoption of new technologies and increased price competition in
the affected countries. Further, if the U.S. dollar were to
weaken against many major currencies, there can be no assurance
that a weaker dollar would lead to growth in capital spending.
In addition, industry consolidation has in the past constrained,
and may in the future constrain, capital spending by our
customers. Also, if our product portfolio and product
development plans do not position us well to capture an
increased portion of the capital spending of customers in the
markets on which we focus, our revenue may decline.
Historically, a majority of our revenue has been derived from
relatively few customers, due in part to the consolidation of
the ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
system companies. However, in the last two years, revenue from
our ten largest customers has decreased as a percentage of
revenue, due to our growing customer base, in part as a result
of the acquisition of Scopus and Omneon. Sales to our ten
largest customers in
42
2010, 2009 and 2008 accounted for approximately 44%, 47% and 58%
of revenue, respectively. Although we are attempting to broaden
our customer base by penetrating new markets and further
expanding internationally, we expect to see continuing industry
consolidation and customer concentration.
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, revenue from Comcast accounted for
17%, 16% and 20%, respectively, of our revenue. Sales to
EchoStar accounted for 12% of net revenue in 2008. The loss of
Comcast or any other significant customer, any material
reduction in orders by Comcast or any significant customer, or
our failure to qualify our new products with a significant
customer could materially and adversely affect our operating
results, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we are
involved in most quarters in one or more relatively large
individual transactions, including, from time to time, projects
in which we act much like a systems integrator. A decrease in
the number of the relatively larger individual transactions in
which we are involved in any quarter could adversely affect our
operating results for that quarter.
In addition, historically, we have been dependent upon capital
spending in the cable and satellite industry. We are attempting
to further diversify our customer base beyond cable and
satellite customers, including to the telco and broadcast and
media markets. Several major telcos have rebuilt or are
upgrading their networks to offer bundled video, voice and data
services. In order to be successful in this market, we may need
to continue to build alliances with telco equipment
manufacturers, adapt our products for telco applications, take
orders at prices resulting in lower margins, and build internal
expertise to handle the particular contractual and technical
demands of the telco industry. In addition, telco video
deployments, including recent trials of mobile video services,
are subject to delays in completion, as video processing
technologies and video business models are relatively new to
most telcos and many of their largest suppliers. Implementation
issues with our products or those of other vendors have caused,
and may continue to cause, delays in project completion for our
customers and delay our recognition of revenue.
We often recognize a substantial portion of our quarterly
revenues in the last month of the quarter. We establish our
expenditure levels for product development and other operating
expenses based on projected revenue levels for a specified
period, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short term.
Accordingly, even small variations in timing of revenue,
particularly from large individual transactions, can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results in a particular
quarter.
On September 15, 2010, Harmonic completed the acquisition
of Omneon, Inc., a private, venture-backed company organized
under the laws of Delaware and headquartered in Sunnyvale,
California. The purchase price, net of $40.5 million of
cash acquired, was $251.3 million, which consisted of
(i) approximately $153.3 million in cash, net of cash
acquired, (ii) 14.2 million shares of Harmonic common
stock with a total fair value of approximately
$95.9 million, based on the price of Harmonic common stock
at the time of close, and (iii) approximately
$2.1 million, representing the fair value attributed to
shares of Omneon equity awards which Harmonic assumed and for
which services had already been rendered as of the close of the
acquisition. The cash portion of the purchase price was paid
from existing cash balances. The Company also incurred a total
of $5.9 million of transaction expenses, which were
expensed as selling, general and administrative expenses in the
year ended December 31, 2010. Substantially all unvested
stock options and unvested restricted stock units issued by
Omneon and outstanding at closing were assumed by Harmonic. The
acquisition of Omneon is complementary to Harmonics core
business, expanding our customer reach into content providers
and extending our product lines into video servers and
video-optimized storage for content production and playout.
On March 12, 2009, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Scopus Video Networks Ltd., a publicly traded company organized
under the laws of Israel. The purchase price, net of
$23.3 million of cash acquired, was $63.1 million,
which was paid from existing cash balances. The Company also
incurred a total of $3.4 million of transaction expenses,
which were expensed as selling, general and administrative
expenses in the first quarter of 2009. The acquisition of Scopus
was intended to extend Harmonics worldwide customer base
and strengthen its market and technology leadership,
particularly in video broadcast in international markets, and
the contribution and distribution markets.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a charge,
net of estimated sublease income, of $3.0 million in
selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities related to the closure of Omneons leased
premises in Sunnyvale, California. The employees were moved into
Harmonics nearby San Jose, California corporate
headquarters during the fourth quarter.
43
We continue to expand our international operations and staffing
to better support our expansion into international markets. This
expansion includes the implementation of an international
structure that includes, among other things, an international
support center in Europe, a research and development
cost-sharing arrangement, and certain licenses and other
contractual arrangements by and among the Company and its
wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. Our foreign
subsidiaries have acquired certain license rights to use our
existing intellectual property and intellectual property that
will be developed or licensed in the future, including
Omneons existing and future intellectual property. As a
result of these changes and an expanding customer base
internationally, we expect that an increasing percentage of our
consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested
in, our international operations. We anticipate that this
pre-tax income will be subject to foreign tax at relatively
lower tax rates when compared to the United States federal
statutory tax rate in future periods.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES, JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
requires Harmonic to make judgments, assumptions and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingencies and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of
revenue and expenses if different judgments or different
estimates were made. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for details of Harmonics accounting
policies. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates
which we believe have the most significant impact on
Harmonics financial statements are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition;
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts;
|
|
|
|
Valuation of inventories;
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets;
|
|
|
|
Restructuring costs and accruals for excess facilities;
|
|
|
|
Assessment of the probability of the outcome of current
litigation;
|
|
|
|
Accounting for income taxes; and
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation.
|
REVENUE
RECOGNITION
Harmonics principal sources of revenue are from sales of
hardware products, software products, solution sales, services
and hardware and software maintenance agreements. Harmonic
recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred or services have been provided,
the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection is
reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title have transferred
to the customer.
We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to
determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents
and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify
delivery. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or
determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction and whether the price is subject to refund or
adjustment. We assess collectability based primarily on the
creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks
and analysis, as well as the customers payment history.
We evaluate our products to assess whether software is
more-than-incidental
to a product. When we conclude that software is
more-than-incidental
to a product, we account for the product as a software product.
Revenue on software products and software-related elements are
recognized in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.
Significant judgment may be required in determining whether a
product is a software or hardware product.
Revenue from hardware product sales is recognized in accordance
with the applicable accounting guidance on revenue recognition.
Subject to other revenue recognition provisions, revenue on
hardware product sales is recognized when risk of loss and title
has transferred, which is generally upon shipment or delivery,
based on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue on shipments to
distributors, resellers and systems integrators is generally
44
recognized on delivery. Allowances are provided for estimated
returns and discounts. Such allowances are adjusted periodically
to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Distributors and systems integrators purchase our products for
specific capital equipment projects of the end-user and do not
hold inventory. They perform functions that include importation,
delivery to the end-customer, installation or integration, and
post-sales service and support. Our agreements with these
distributors and systems integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of our equipment to end users and do not provide for
product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found
in agreements with stocking distributors. We have long-term
relationships with most of these distributors and systems
integrators and substantial experience with similar sales of
similar products. We do have instances of accepting product
returns from distributors and system integrators. However, such
returns typically occur in instances where the system integrator
has designed a product into a project for the end user, but the
integrator requests permission to return the component as it
does not meet the specific projects functional
requirements. Such returns are made solely at the discretion of
the Company, as our agreements with distributors and system
integrators do not provide for return rights. We have extensive
experience monitoring product returns from our distributors, and
accordingly, we have concluded that the amount of future returns
can be reasonably estimated in accordance with applicable
accounting guidance. With respect to sales to distributors and
system integrators, we evaluate the terms of sale and recognize
revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
delivery has occurred or services have been provided, the sales
price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably
assured, and risk of loss and title have transferred.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the applicable accounting guidance for
revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. If the
undelivered elements qualify as separate units of accounting
based on the applicable accounting guidance, which include that
the delivered elements have value to the customer on a
stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable evidence of
fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic allocates
the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value of the
elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does not
meet the criteria in the applicable accounting guidance to be
considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is deferred
until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. We establish fair
value by reference to the price the customer is required to pay
when an item is sold separately using contractually stated,
substantive renewal rates, when applicable, or the average price
of recently completed stand alone sales transactions.
Accordingly, the determination as to whether appropriate
objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists can impact
the timing of revenue recognition for an arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on the applicable accounting guidance for
non-software deliverables in an arrangement containing
more-than-incidental
software. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software, and include all non-software
deliverables for which a software deliverable is essential to
its functionality. When software arrangements contain multiple
elements and vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of
fair value exists for all undelivered elements, Harmonic
accounts for the delivered elements using the residual method.
In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for
all undelivered elements, we defer the recognition of all
revenue until all elements, except post contract support, have
been delivered. When post contract support is the only
undelivered element for such contracts, revenue is then
recognized using the residual method. Fair value of
software-related elements is based on separate sales to other
customers or upon renewal rates quoted in contracts when the
quoted renewal rates are deemed to be substantive.
We also enter into solution sales for the design, manufacture,
test, integration and installation of products to the
specifications of Harmonics customers, including equipment
acquired from third parties to be integrated with
Harmonics products. These arrangements typically include
the configuration of system interfaces between Harmonic product
and customer/third party equipment, and optimization of the
overall solution to operate with the unique features of the
customers design and to meet customer-specific performance
requirements. Revenue on these arrangements is generally
recognized using the
percentage-of-completion
method in accordance with applicable accounting guidance on
accounting for performance of construction/production contracts.
We measure performance under the
percentage-of-completion
method using the efforts-expended method based on current
45
estimates of labor hours to complete the project. Management
believes that, for each such project, labor hours expended in
proportion to total estimated hours at completion represents the
most reliable and meaningful measure for determining a
projects progress toward completion. If the estimated
costs to complete a project exceed the total contract amount,
indicating a loss, the entire anticipated loss is recognized.
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized, net of deferred costs of sales. Our application of
percentage-of-completion
accounting is subject to our estimates of labor hours to
complete each project. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results, financial position or cash flows
for a particular period could be adversely affected.
Revenue from hardware and software maintenance agreements is
recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
First year maintenance typically is included in the original
arrangement and renewed on an annual basis thereafter. Services
revenue is recognized on performance of the services and costs
associated with services are recognized as incurred. Fair value
of services such as consulting and training is based upon stand
alone sales of these services.
Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in
connection with determination of the revenue to be recognized in
any accounting period. Because of the concentrated nature of our
customer base, different judgments or estimates made for any one
large contract or customer could result in material differences
in the amount and timing of revenue recognized in any particular
period.
ALLOWANCES
FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS, RETURNS AND DISCOUNTS
We establish allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and
discounts based on credit profiles of our customers, current
economic trends, contractual terms and conditions and historical
payment, return and discount experience, as well as for known or
expected events. If there were to be a deterioration of a major
customers creditworthiness or if actual defaults, returns
or discounts were higher than our historical experience, our
operating results, financial position and cash flows could be
adversely affected. At December 31, 2010, our allowances
for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts totaled
$5.9 million.
VALUATION
OF INVENTORIES
Harmonic states inventories at the lower of cost or market. We
write down the cost of excess or obsolete inventory to net
realizable value based on future demand forecasts and historical
consumption. If there were to be a sudden and significant
decrease in demand for our products, or if there were a higher
incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing
technology and customer requirements, we could be required to
record additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory and
our gross margin could be adversely affected. Inventory
management is of critical importance in order to balance the
need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure
competitive lead times against the risk of inventory
obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer
requirements.
IMPAIRMENT
OF GOODWILL OR LONG-LIVED ASSETS
We perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill on an
annual basis in the fourth quarter and of long-lived assets,
such as intangibles, whenever we become aware of an event or
change in circumstances that would indicate potential
impairment. We evaluate the recoverability of goodwill on the
basis of market capitalization adjusted for a control premium
and, if necessary, discounted cash flows on the Company level,
which is the sole reporting unit. We evaluate the recoverability
of intangible assets and other long-lived assets on the basis of
undiscounted cash flows from each asset group. If impairment is
indicated, provisions for impairment are determined based on
fair value, principally using discounted cash flows. For
example, changes in industry and market conditions or the
strategic realignment of our resources could result in an
impairment of identified intangibles, goodwill or long-lived
assets. We did not record an impairment charge as a result of
our goodwill impairment test in 2010. There can be no assurance
that future impairment tests will not result in a charge to
earnings. At December 31, 2010, our carrying values for
goodwill and intangible assets totaled $211.9 million and
$118.1 million, respectively.
46
RESTRUCTURING
COSTS AND ACCRUALS FOR EXCESS FACILITIES
Harmonic applies applicable accounting guidance which requires
that a liability for costs associated with restructuring
activities, including an exit or disposal activity, be
recognized and measured initially at fair value when the
liability is incurred. Harmonics restructuring activities
have primarily been related to excess facilities. Harmonic
determines the excess facilities accrual based on expected cash
payments, under the applicable facility lease, reduced by any
estimated sublease rental income for such facility. In the event
that Harmonic is unable to achieve expected levels of sublease
rental income, it will need to revise its estimate of the
liability, which could materially impact our operating results,
financial position or cash flows. At December 31, 2010, our
accrual for excess facilities totaled $2.9 million.
ASSESSMENT
OF THE PROBABILITY OF THE OUTCOME OF CURRENT
LITIGATION
Harmonic records accruals for loss contingencies when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
loss can be reasonably estimated. In connection with a pending
litigation matter, the Company recorded a $1.3 million
liability in the fourth quarter of 2010 based on
managements determination of the Companys probable
and estimable exposure in the matter. Based on an agreement
entered into on January 15, 2009 to settle its then
outstanding patent infringement litigation, Harmonic believed
that a probable and estimable liability had been incurred, and,
accordingly, recorded a provision for $5.0 million in its
statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2008.
In other pending litigation, Harmonic believes that it either
has meritorious defenses with respect to those actions and
claims or is unable to predict the impact of an adverse action
and, accordingly, no loss contingencies for those matters have
been accrued. There can be no assurance, however, that we will
prevail. An unfavorable outcome of legal proceedings could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial position,
operating results or cash flows.
ACCOUNTING
FOR INCOME TAXES
In preparing our financial statements, we estimate our income
taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This
involves estimating our actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of
assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our
deferred tax assets. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results and financial position could be
materially affected. During the year ended December 31,
2008, a full release of the valuation allowance against our net
deferred tax assets in the United States and certain foreign
jurisdictions, based on our judgment that it is
more-likely-than-not that our deferred tax assets in the United
States and certain foreign jurisdictions will be recovered from
future taxable income, resulted in a benefit from income taxes
of $53.5 million recorded in our Consolidated Statements of
Operations and a $3.3 million reduction in goodwill.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by
various tax authorities on a periodic basis. We regularly assess
the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such
examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for
income taxes. We apply the provisions of the applicable
accounting guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in
income taxes which requires application of a
more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and
derecognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition
threshold is met, the applicable accounting guidance permits us
to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of tax
benefit that, in our judgment, is more than fifty percent likely
to be realized upon settlement. It further requires that a
change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution
of uncertain tax positions be recognized in earnings in the
quarter of such change. We have been notified by the Internal
Revenue Service that our 2008 and 2009 U.S. corporate
income tax returns have been selected for audit, which is
expected to commence in the second quarter of 2011. If upon the
conclusion of these audits, the ultimate determination of taxes
owed in the U.S. is for an
47
amount in excess of the tax provision we have recorded in the
applicable period, our overall tax expense, effective tax rate
and cash flows could be adversely impacted in the period of
adjustment.
We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, we believe that our reserves for income taxes
reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves as
well as the related interest and penalties, in light of changing
facts and circumstances. If our estimate of tax liabilities
proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge
to expense would result. If payment of these amounts ultimately
proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would
result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we
determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. Any changes
in estimate, or settlement of any particular position, could
have a material impact on our operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.
STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION
Harmonic measures and recognizes compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including stock options, restricted stock units and awards
related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)
based upon the grant-date fair value of those awards.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under applicable
accounting guidance on share-based payments for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $15.5 million,
$10.6 million and $7.8 million, respectively.
Applicable accounting guidance requires companies to estimate
the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of
grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite
service period in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
The fair value of stock options is estimated at grant date using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Companys
determination of fair value of stock options on the date of
grant, using an option-pricing model, is affected by the
Companys stock price as well as the assumptions regarding
a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, the Companys
expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and
actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.
The fair value of each restricted stock unit grant is based on
the underlying value of the Companys common stock on the
date of grant.
48
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
Harmonics historical consolidated statements of operations
data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010,
2009, and 2008, as a percentage of net revenue, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Revenue
Net
Revenue Consolidated
Harmonics consolidated net revenue, by product line, for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008 are presented in the table below. Also presented is the
related dollar and percentage change in consolidated net
revenue, by product line, as compared with the prior year, for
each of the two years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Revenue by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video processing products
|
|
$
|
202,898
|
|
|
$
|
162,654
|
|
|
$
|
165,885
|
|
Production and playout products
|
|
|
32,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and access products
|
|
|
135,306
|
|
|
|
117,355
|
|
|
|
165,246
|
|
Service and support
|
|
|
52,561
|
|
|
|
39,557
|
|
|
|
33,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
423,344
|
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video processing products
|
|
$
|
40,244
|
|
|
$
|
(3,231
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Production and playout products
|
|
|
32,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and access products
|
|
|
17,951
|
|
|
|
(47,891
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Service and support
|
|
|
13,004
|
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease):
|
|
$
|
103,778
|
|
|
$
|
(45,397
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video processing change
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Production and playout change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and access change
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
(29.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Service and support change
|
|
|
32.9
|
%
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Total change
|
|
|
32.5
|
%
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in net revenue in 2010, compared to 2009, was in
part due to stronger worldwide customer demand for video
processing solutions. The growth in video processing revenue of
24.7% also contributed to the growth in service and support
activity related to the associated video processing solutions,
thus resulting in services and support revenue growth of 32.9%
in 2010, when compared to 2009. Services and support revenue is
derived mainly from maintenance agreements, system integration
services and customer repairs. In addition, net revenue
increased as a result of the acquisition of Omneon in September
2010 and the inclusion of Omneons results from the date of
acquisition. Omneons product revenue is included in the
production and playout product line. Our edge and access product
line increased 15.3% from 2009 to 2010 due to an increase in
sales of our NSG edge QAM devices. Net revenue decreased in
2009, compared to 2008, principally due to, in 2009, weaker
demand from domestic satellite operators and cable operators for
their VOD and HDTV deployments and a decrease in sales to
customers internationally. The sales of video processing
products were lower in 2009, compared to 2008, primarily due to
lower purchases of our products by domestic cable and satellite
customers and our European cable customers. The decrease in
sales of edge and access products in 2009, compared to 2008, was
primarily due to a decrease of approximately $33.6 million
in sales of our NSG edge QAM devices for VOD, switched digital
and CMTS deployments by domestic and international cable
operators. The sales of service and support were higher in 2009,
compared to 2008, primarily due to increases in support revenue
arising from 2008 sales.
Net
Revenue Geographic
Harmonics domestic and international net revenue for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
are presented in the table below. Also presented are the related
dollar and percentage change in domestic and international net
revenue, as compared with the prior year, for each of the two
years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Geographic Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
209,583
|
|
|
$
|
162,023
|
|
|
$
|
205,163
|
|
International
|
|
|
213,761
|
|
|
|
157,543
|
|
|
|
159,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
423,344
|
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
47,560
|
|
|
$
|
(43,140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
International increase (decrease)
|
|
|
56,218
|
|
|
|
(2,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
103,778
|
|
|
$
|
(45,397
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. percent change
|
|
|
29.4
|
%
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
International percent change
|
|
|
35.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
32.5
|
%
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue in the U.S. increased in 2010, compared to
2009, primarily due to stronger demand for our products from our
domestic cable operators for VOD and HDTV deployments.
International net revenue in 2010 increased 35.7%, compared to
2009. Our international net revenue growth was particularly
strong in Europe, but also reflected the results of the
increased share of international video broadcast business in
emerging markets that the Company had targeted as part of its
acquisition of Scopus. Additionally, a portion of the increased
international net revenue toward the end of 2010 can be
attributed to the production and playout (Omneon) business,
given that a substantial majority of production and playout
revenues were international. We expect that international
revenues will continue to account for a substantial portion of
our net revenue for the foreseeable future, and expect that,
with the completion of the acquisitions of Omneon and Scopus,
our international net revenue may increase.
Net revenue in the U.S. decreased in 2009, compared to
2008, primarily due to weaker demand for our products from our
domestic satellite and cable operators for VOD and HDTV
deployments. International revenues in 2009 decreased, compared
to 2008, primarily due to weaker demand from cable operators,
particularly in the European markets, and offset somewhat by
increases in Asian markets, partly as a result of our sales of
Scopus products following the completion of our acquisition of
Scopus in March 2009.
Gross
Profit
Harmonics gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of
net revenue, for each of the three years ended December 31,
2010, 2009, and 2008 are presented in the table below. Also
presented is the related dollar and percentage change in gross
profit, as compared with the prior year, for each of the two
years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
195,401
|
|
|
$
|
134,360
|
|
|
$
|
177,533
|
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
46.2
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
61,041
|
|
|
$
|
(43,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
45.4
|
%
|
|
|
(24.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in gross profit in 2010, compared to 2009, was
primarily due to increased net revenue. The gross profit
percentage of 46.2% in 2010, compared to 42.0% in 2009, was
higher primarily due to a more favorable mix of net revenue
towards higher gross margin products, such as video processing
products and production and playout products. Also during 2010,
our provision for excess and obsolete inventories declined from
2009 levels. In 2009, we had recorded inventory provisions
totaling $6.3 million, after the acquisition of Scopus,
related to the discontinuance of certain Scopus product lines.
The increase in gross margins was partially offset by a
$4.5 million increase in amortization of intangibles in
2010. In 2010 and 2009, approximately $12.5 million and
$8.0 million,
51
respectively, of expense related to amortization of intangibles
was included in cost of revenue. We expect to record a total of
approximately $21.6 million in amortization of intangibles
expense in cost of revenue in 2011 related to the acquisitions
of Omneon, Scopus and Rhozet.
The decrease in gross profit in 2009, compared to 2008, was
primarily due to a $45.4 million decrease in net revenue,
lower gross margins on sales of edge and access products due to
competitive pricing pressures, the deployment of our new NSG
platform, which carries lower initial gross margins than our
average gross margins, provisions totaling $6.3 million for
excess and obsolete inventories associated with the
discontinuance of certain Scopus product lines, the incurrence
of manufacturing overhead costs of $3.5 million associated
with the Scopus operations, and an increase of $2.5 million
from amortization of intangibles expense. The gross profit
percentage of 42.0% in 2009, compared to 48.6% in 2008, was
lower primarily due to lower gross margins on sales of edge and
access products, increased provisions for excess and obsolete
inventories, primarily related to the Scopus acquisition, the
incurrence of manufacturing overhead costs associated with the
Scopus operations, and increased amortization of intangible
assets expense. In 2009, $8.0 million related to
amortization of intangibles expense was included in cost of
revenue, compared to $5.5 million in 2008.
Research
and Development
Harmonics research and development expense and the expense
as a percentage of net revenue for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in research and development expense, as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
77,197
|
|
|
$
|
61,435
|
|
|
$
|
54,471
|
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
18.2
|
%
|
|
|
19.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
15,762
|
|
|
$
|
6,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in research and development expense in 2010,
compared to 2009, was primarily the result of increased
compensation expense of $7.0 million, increased consulting
and outside services expense of $1.8 million, increased
facilities and depreciation expenses of $2.0 million,
increased stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million
and increased prototype material expense of $0.6 million.
The increased compensation costs in 2010 were primarily due to
the increased headcount, primarily as a result of the
acquisition of Omneon, and salary increases for research and
development employees during the year.
The increase in research and development expense in 2009,
compared to 2008, was the result of increased compensation
expense of $4.4 million, increased stock-based compensation
expense of $1.0 million, increased depreciation expense of
$0.8 million, and increased consulting and outside services
expense of $0.6 million. The increased compensation costs
in 2009 were primarily due to increased headcount, which was
primarily related to the Scopus acquisition. The increased
stock-based compensation expense and depreciation expense were
also primarily due to the acquisition of Scopus.
Selling,
General and Administrative
Harmonics selling, general and administrative expense, and
the expense as a percentage of net revenue, for each of the
three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are
presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage change in selling, general and
administrative expense, as compared with the prior year, for
each of the two years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
108,150
|
|
|
$
|
81,138
|
|
|
$
|
83,118
|
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
25.5
|
%
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
27,012
|
|
|
$
|
(1,980
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expense in
2010, compared to 2009, was primarily due to higher compensation
expense of $12.0 million, higher legal and accounting
expense of $2.0 million, excess facilities charges of
$3.0 million, higher acquisition-related expense of
$2.9 million associated with the acquisition of Omneon,
higher travel and entertainment expense of $1.6 million,
and higher stock-based compensation expense of
$3.8 million. The higher compensation, travel and
entertainment, and stock-based compensation expenses were
primarily attributable to increased headcount as a result of the
Omneon acquisition, in addition to higher incentive compensation
as a result of the substantial increase in revenue in 2010. The
increase in excess facilities charges was related to the closure
of Omneons Sunnyvale, California facility, net of
estimated sublease income. Additionally, in connection with a
pending litigation matter, the Company recorded a charge of
$0.9 million to selling, general and administrative expense
in 2010 based on managements determination of the
Companys probable and estimable exposure in the matter.
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expense in
2009, compared to 2008, was primarily due to lower litigation
settlement expense of $5.0 million, lower bad debt expense
of $1.6 million, lower legal expense of $1.6 million,
lower excess facilities charges of $1.3 million, lower
consulting expense of $0.5 million, and lower depreciation
expense of $0.5 million, which increase was partially
offset by higher acquisition costs of $3.4 million
associated with the Scopus acquisition, higher compensation
expenses of $2.0 million, higher information technology
expense of $1.8 million, and higher stock-based
compensation expense of $1.4 million. The higher
compensation expense was primarily related to increased
headcount, principally due to the additional personnel that we
hired as a result of the acquisition of Scopus in March 2009,
which increase was partially offset by lower incentive
compensation. The increased information technology expense was
primarily due to the implementation and maintenance of
enterprise software systems in the sales and marketing areas.
The increased stock-based compensation expense was also
primarily due to the acquisition of Scopus.
Amortization
of Intangibles
Harmonics amortization of intangibles expense charged to
operating expenses, and the amortization of intangibles expense
as a percentage of net revenue, for each of the three years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, are presented in
the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in amortization of intangibles expense, as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$
|
4,912
|
|
|
$
|
3,822
|
|
|
$
|
639
|
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
1,090
|
|
|
$
|
3,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
28.5
|
%
|
|
|
498.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2010
compared to 2009 was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisition of Omneon in September 2010. Harmonic
expects to record a total of approximately $8.9 million in
amortization of intangibles expense in operating expenses in
2011, relating primarily to the acquisitions of Omneon and
Scopus. Additional amortization of intangibles in cost of
revenue is expected following the completion of the in-process
research and development projects of Omneon.
53
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2009,
compared to 2008, was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisition of Scopus in March 2009.
Interest
Income, Net
Harmonics interest income, net, and interest income, net
as a percentage of net revenue, for each of the three years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, are presented in
the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in interest income, net, as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
1,082
|
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
9,216
|
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(2,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(66.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(65.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in interest income, net in 2010, compared to 2009,
was primarily due to lower interest rates on the cash and
short-term investments portfolio and a lower portfolio balance
during the year, principally resulting from cash used in the
Omneon acquisition, offset by increases in cash from operations.
For the same reason, our interest income, net, decreased in
2009, compared to 2008, principally resulting from cash used in
the Scopus acquisition, offset by cash from operations.
Other
Expense, Net
Harmonics other expense, net, and other expense, net, as a
percentage of net revenue, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in interest and other expense, net, as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
$
|
785
|
|
|
$
|
881
|
|
|
$
|
2,552
|
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
Decrease
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
65.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
The slight decrease in other expense, net, in 2010, compared to
2009, was primarily due to lower indirect taxes, partially
offset by an increase in foreign exchange losses on accounts
receivable balances.
The decrease in other expense, net, in 2009, compared to 2008,
was primarily due to lower losses on investments of
$0.9 million and lower foreign exchange losses on accounts
receivable balances.
Income
Taxes
Harmonics provision for (benefit from) income taxes, and
provision for (benefit from) income taxes as a percentage of net
revenue, for each of the three years ended December 31,
2010, 2009, and 2008 are presented in the table below. Also
presented is the related dollar and percentage change in
provision for (benefit from) income taxes as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2010 and 2009.
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
9,774
|
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
As a % of net revenue
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)%
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(4,630
|
)
|
|
$
|
32,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)%
|
|
|
179.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010, our effective tax
rate on our pre-tax income was 179.7%, compared to an effective
tax rate on our pre-tax loss of 148.0% for 2009. The increase is
primarily due to the impact of foreign losses for which benefit
is not taken and non-deductible merger costs. The difference
between the underlying effective tax rate for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the federal statutory rate of 35% is
primarily attributable to charges taken due to unbenefitted
foreign losses of certain foreign entities, offset by a tax
benefit related to an intercompany sale of acquired intangibles,
non-deductible stock-based compensation expense, non-deductible
merger costs, accrued interest for certain unrecognized tax
benefits, and the recording of a valuation allowance against a
portion of our California tax credits. Further, new California
tax legislation, enacted in February 2009, provides for the
election of a single sales apportionment formula beginning in
2011. The Company anticipates it will elect the single sales
apportionment method. The use of this apportionment method
reduces the amount of expected future California taxable income,
which required the Company to record a valuation allowance
against a portion of its California tax credits.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our effective tax
rate was 148.0%, compared to a tax benefit of 39.2% for 2008.
The difference between the underlying effective tax rate for
2009 and the federal statutory rate of 35% is primarily
attributable to unbenefitted foreign losses, non-deductible
stock-based compensation expense, accrued interest for certain
unrecognized tax benefits, and the recording of a valuation
allowance against a portion of our California tax credits.
Segments
Harmonic operates as a single operating segment and reports our
financial results as a single segment. See Note 15 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
120,371
|
|
|
$
|
271,070
|
|
|
$
|
327,163
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
17,837
|
|
|
$
|
11,088
|
|
|
$
|
60,127
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(96,355
|
)
|
|
$
|
(42,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,952
|
)
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
22,692
|
|
|
$
|
4,243
|
|
|
$
|
8,463
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments totaled $120.4 million, compared to
$271.1 million as of December 31, 2009. Cash provided
by operations was $17.8 million in 2010, resulting from a
net loss of $4.3 million, adjusted for $43.2 million
in non-cash charges, and $21.0 million for use of cash
associated with the net change in assets and liabilities. The
non-cash charges included deferred income taxes, amortization of
intangible assets, stock-based compensation, depreciation,
accretion of investments and loss on disposal of fixed assets.
The net change in assets and liabilities included increases in
accounts receivable, inventories and prepaid expenses, as well
as decreases in accounts payable and accrued excess facilities
cost, which was partially offset by an increase in deferred
revenue, income taxes payable and accrued and other liabilities.
The increase in accrued and other liabilities was mostly
attributable to higher incentive compensation accruals in 2010,
as compared to 2009, as a result of the increase in revenue in
2010.
We expect that cash provided by operating activities may
fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of factors,
including fluctuations in our operating results, shipment
linearity, accounts receivable collections performance,
inventory and supply chain management, tax benefits from
stock-based compensation, and the timing and
55
amount of compensation and other payments. We usually pay our
annual incentive compensation to employees in the first quarter.
Net cash used in investing activities was $96.4 million in
2010, resulting from the purchase of Omneon in September 2010
for $153.3 million and capital expenditures of
$35.6 million, primarily related to leasehold improvements
to our new corporate headquarters, partially offset by proceeds
from the net sale and maturity of investments of
$92.8 million. Harmonic currently expects capital
expenditures will be in the range of $15 million to
$20 million during 2011.
Net cash provided by financing activities of $22.7 million
in 2010, primarily due to $18.8 million in proceeds
relating to lessor financing of building improvements for our
new corporate headquarters and $3.9 million of net proceeds
from the issuance of common stock.
In the event we need or desire to access funds from the other
short-term investments that we hold, it is possible that we may
not be able to do so due to adverse market conditions. Our
inability to sell all or some of our short-term investments at
par or our cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could adversely affect our results of operations or
financial condition. Nevertheless, we believe that our existing
liquidity sources will satisfy our presently contemplated cash
requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, if
our expectations are incorrect, we may need to raise additional
funds to fund our operations, to take advantage of unanticipated
opportunities or to strengthen our financial position.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital or could require us
to issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number
of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our
control, including the global economic slowdown, market
uncertainty surrounding the ongoing U.S. war on terrorism,
as well as conditions in financial markets and the cable and
satellite industries. There can be no assurance that any
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
OFF-BALANCE
SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
None as of December 31, 2010.
CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS
Future payments under contractual obligations, and other
commercial commitments, as of December 31, 2010, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
1 Year or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over 5
|
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
2-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases(1)
|
|
$
|
59,189
|
|
|
$
|
4,761
|
|
|
$
|
12,071
|
|
|
$
|
11,872
|
|
|
$
|
30,485
|
|
Inventory Purchase Commitments
|
|
|
24,327
|
|
|
|
24,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
83,516
|
|
|
$
|
29,088
|
|
|
$
|
12,071
|
|
|
$
|
11,872
|
|
|
$
|
30,485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Indemnification obligations(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
As of December 31, 2010, $4.5 million of these future
lease payments were accrued for as part of accrued excess
facility costs. See Note 9 Restructuring and Excess
Facilities. |
56
|
|
|
2. |
|
Harmonic indemnifies its officers and the members of its Board
of Directors pursuant to its bylaws and contractual indemnity
agreements. Harmonic also indemnifies some of its suppliers and
customers for specified intellectual property matters and other
vendors, such as building contractors, pursuant to certain
parameters and restrictions. The scope of these indemnities
varies, but, in some instances, includes indemnification for
defense costs, damages and other expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees). |
Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash
flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31, 2010, we are unable to make reasonably
reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the
respective taxing authority. Therefore, $48.9 million of
unrecognized tax benefits classified as Income taxes
payable, long-term in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010, have been excluded
from the contractual obligations table above. See Note 14
Income Taxes to our Consolidated Financial
Statements for a discussion on income taxes.
NEW
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See Note 2 of the accompanying Consolidated Financial
Statements for a full description of recent accounting
pronouncements, including the respective expected dates of
adoption and effects on results of operations and financial
condition.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
|
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the
operating results, financial position, or liquidity of Harmonic
due to adverse changes in market prices and rates. Harmonic is
exposed to market risk because of changes in interest rates,
foreign currency exchange rates, as measured against the
U.S. dollar and currencies of Harmonics subsidiaries,
and changes in the value of financial instruments held by
Harmonic.
FOREIGN
CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
Harmonic has a number of international subsidiaries, each of
whose sales are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. In
addition, Harmonic has various international branch offices that
provide sales support and systems integration services. Sales
denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 6% of net
revenue in both 2010 and 2009. Periodically, Harmonic enters
into foreign currency forward exchange contracts (forward
exchange contracts) to manage exposure related to foreign
accounts receivable and reduce the effects of fluctuating
exchange rates on expenses denominated in foreign currencies.
Harmonic does not enter into derivative financial instruments
for trading purposes. At December 31, 2010, we had a
forward exchange contract to sell Euros totaling
$3.3 million and a forward exchange contract to sell
Japanese Yen totaling $0.4 million. These forward exchange
contracts matured in the first quarter of 2011. While Harmonic
does not anticipate that near-term changes in exchange rates
will have a material impact on Harmonics operating
results, financial position and liquidity, Harmonic cannot
assure you that a sudden and significant change in the value of
local currencies would not harm Harmonics operating
results, financial position and liquidity.
INTEREST
RATE AND CREDIT RISK
Exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates
primarily to Harmonics investment portfolio of marketable
debt securities of various issuers, types and maturities and to
Harmonics borrowings under its bank line of credit
facility. Harmonic does not use derivative instruments in its
investment portfolio, and its investment portfolio only includes
highly liquid instruments. These investments are classified as
available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with
material unrealized gains and losses reported in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As of
December 31, 2010, gross unrealized gains were nominal. If
the credit market deteriorates, we may incur realized losses,
which could adversely affect our financial condition or results
of operations. There is risk that losses could be incurred if
Harmonic were to sell any of its securities prior to stated
maturity. As of December 31, 2010, our cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments balance was
$120.4 million. In a declining interest rate environment,
as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less
favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain
investments, declining interest rates would negatively impact
investment income. Based on our estimates, a 100 basis
point, or 1%, change in interest rates would have increased or
decreased the fair value of our investments by approximately
$0.1 million as of December 31, 2010.
57
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
Rule 15d-15(f)
of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial
reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that:
1. pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of our assets;
2. provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of our management
and directors; and
3. provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition
of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
The effectiveness of any system of internal control over
financial reporting, including ours, is subject to inherent
limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing,
implementing, operating, and evaluating the controls and
procedures, and the inability to eliminate misconduct
completely. Accordingly, any system of internal control over
financial reporting, including ours, no matter how well designed
and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute,
assurances. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of
Harmonics internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, our
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in
Internal Control Integrated Framework. Management
has excluded from its assessment of internal control over
financial reporting, as of December 31, 2010, certain
elements of the internal control over financial reporting of
Omneon, because we acquired Omneon in a purchase business
combination during 2010 and had not, as of December 31,
2010, fully integrated Omneons internal control over
financial reporting and related processes. Subsequent to the
acquisition, certain elements of the internal control over
financial reporting and related processes were integrated into
our existing systems and internal control over financial
reporting. Those controls that were not integrated have been
excluded from managements assessment of the internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.
The excluded elements represent controls over accounts
constituting approximately 1% of our consolidated assets as of
December 31, 2010 and 2% of our net revenue for the year
then ended. Based on our assessment using those criteria, we
concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, Harmonics
internal control over financial reporting was effective.
58
Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial
Statement Schedules:
1. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because
the information is not required to be set forth herein, is not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or notes
thereto.
2. Selected Quarterly Financial Data: The following table
sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected quarterly
financial data for the Company.
Quarterly
Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
Third
|
|
Second
|
|
First
|
|
Fourth
|
|
Third
|
|
Second
|
|
First
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Quarterly Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
138,194
|
|
|
$
|
104,784
|
|
|
$
|
95,544
|
|
|
$
|
84,822
|
|
|
$
|
86,657
|
|
|
$
|
83,861
|
|
|
$
|
81,293
|
|
|
$
|
67,756
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
61,381
|
|
|
|
47,532
|
|
|
|
45,682
|
|
|
|
40,806
|
|
|
|
39,349
|
|
|
|
36,080
|
|
|
|
33,547
|
|
|
|
25,385
|
|
Income (loss)from operations
|
|
|
(2,988
|
)
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
|
|
4,097
|
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
|
3,499
|
|
|
|
(571
|
)
|
|
|
(4,172
|
)
|
|
|
(10,790
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(13,738
|
)
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
|
|
4,445
|
|
|
|
5,319
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
2,577
|
|
|
|
(7,919
|
)
|
|
|
(18,843
|
)
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
|
(0.12
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.20
|
)
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
|
(0.12
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2010, a charge of $2.1 million was
recorded in cost of revenue related to the amortization of fair
value adjustments made to Omneon inventory at the time of
merger. In addition, selling, general and administrative
expenses included approximately $3.0 million related to
excess facilities costs associated with the former Omneon office
in Sunnyvale, California. $0.9 million related to an
anticipated litigation settlement, $0.5 million in
severance related expenses and $0.2 million of acquisition
expenses related to Omneon.
|
|
|
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the third
quarter of 2010 included approximately $3.3 million of
acquisition expenses related to Omneon, $0.8 million in
severance related expenses and a benefit of $0.2 million
related to the reduction of our excess facilities reserves. In
addition, a charge of $0.4 million was recorded in cost of
revenue related to the amortization of fair value adjustments
made to Omneon inventory at the time of merger.
|
|
|
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the second
quarter of 2010 included approximately $2.4 million of
acquisition expenses related to Omneon and $0.2 million in
severance related expenses.
|
|
|
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2009 included approximately
$3.4 million of acquisition expenses related to the
acquisition of Scopus in March 2009. In addition, a charge of
$6.3 million was recorded in cost of revenue, primarily
consisting of excess and obsolete
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
inventories expenses from product discontinuances and severance
expenses for terminated Scopus employees. Research and
development expenses included $0.6 million of severance
expense for terminated Scopus employees. Selling, general and
administrative expenses included $0.5 million of severance
for terminated Scopus employees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an excess
facilities expense of $0.3 million related to the closure
of the Scopus New Jersey office. In addition, a charge of
$0.5 million was recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses related to severance expenses for
terminated Scopus employees and a charge totaling
$0.5 million was recorded in cost of revenue and operating
expenses related to severance expenses for other terminated
employees.
|
60
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and
the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive Income
(Loss), and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows listed in the
accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is
responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in Managements Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under
Item 8. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these
financial statements and on the Companys internal control
over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As described in Managements Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting appearing on page 58, management
has excluded from its assessment of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 certain
elements of the internal control over financial reporting of
Omneon, Inc. (Omneon), because Omneon was acquired
by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2010.
Subsequent to the acquisition, certain elements of the acquired
business internal control over financial reporting and
related processes were integrated into the Companys
existing systems and internal control over financial reporting.
Those controls that were not integrated have been excluded from
managements assessment of internal control over financial
reporting and from our audit of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting. The excluded elements
represent controls over accounts of approximately 1% of the
Companys consolidated assets as of December 31, 2010
and 2% of consolidated revenue for the year then ended.
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 1, 2011
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
96,533
|
|
|
$
|
152,477
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
23,838
|
|
|
|
118,593
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $5,897 and $5,163 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
101,652
|
|
|
|
64,838
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
58,065
|
|
|
|
35,066
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
39,849
|
|
|
|
26,503
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
28,614
|
|
|
|
20,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
348,551
|
|
|
|
418,298
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
39,825
|
|
|
|
25,941
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
211,878
|
|
|
|
63,953
|
|
Intangibles, net
|
|
|
118,070
|
|
|
|
25,265
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
2,062
|
|
|
|
22,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
720,386
|
|
|
$
|
556,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
26,300
|
|
|
$
|
22,065
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
6,791
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
46,279
|
|
|
|
32,855
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
51,283
|
|
|
|
37,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
130,653
|
|
|
|
93,113
|
|
Accrued excess facility costs, long-term
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Income taxes payable, long-term
|
|
|
48,883
|
|
|
|
43,948
|
|
Financing liability, long-term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
Deferred income taxes, long-term
|
|
|
14,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
4,645
|
|
|
|
4,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
200,183
|
|
|
|
148,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 16 and 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares
authorized; 112,360 and 96,110 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
2,397,671
|
|
|
|
2,279,945
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,876,868
|
)
|
|
|
(1,872,533
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(712
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
520,203
|
|
|
|
407,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
720,386
|
|
|
$
|
556,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Product revenue
|
|
$
|
370,783
|
|
|
$
|
280,009
|
|
|
$
|
331,131
|
|
Service revenue
|
|
|
52,561
|
|
|
|
39,557
|
|
|
|
33,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
423,344
|
|
|
|
319,566
|
|
|
|
364,963
|
|
Product cost of revenue
|
|
|
210,864
|
|
|
|
170,734
|
|
|
|
174,803
|
|
Service cost of revenue
|
|
|
17,079
|
|
|
|
14,472
|
|
|
|
12,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue
|
|
|
227,943
|
|
|
|
185,206
|
|
|
|
187,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
195,401
|
|
|
|
134,360
|
|
|
|
177,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
77,197
|
|
|
|
61,435
|
|
|
|
54,471
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
108,150
|
|
|
|
81,138
|
|
|
|
83,118
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
4,912
|
|
|
|
3,822
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
190,259
|
|
|
|
146,395
|
|
|
|
138,228
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
5,142
|
|
|
|
(12,035
|
)
|
|
|
39,305
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
|
3,181
|
|
|
|
9,216
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(785
|
)
|
|
|
(881
|
)
|
|
|
(2,552
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
5,439
|
|
|
|
(9,735
|
)
|
|
|
45,969
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
9,774
|
|
|
|
14,404
|
|
|
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
101,487
|
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
94,535
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
101,487
|
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
95,434
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
63
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Excess of Par
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
93,772
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
$
|
2,246,875
|
|
|
$
|
(1,912,386
|
)
|
|
$
|
(170
|
)
|
|
$
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
95,017
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
2,263,236
|
|
|
|
(1,848,394
|
)
|
|
|
(620
|
)
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(23,554
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option, stock award and purchase
plans
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Rhozet
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
96,110
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
2,279,945
|
|
|
|
(1,872,533
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
407,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,335
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(301
|
)
|
|
|
(301
|
)
|
|
|
(301
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option, stock award and purchase
plans
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Omneon
|
|
|
14,150
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
98,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
112,360
|
|
|
$
|
112
|
|
|
$
|
2,397,671
|
|
|
$
|
(1,876,868
|
)
|
|
$
|
(712
|
)
|
|
$
|
520,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
64
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
17,425
|
|
|
|
11,904
|
|
|
|
6,275
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
9,990
|
|
|
|
8,655
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
15,539
|
|
|
|
10,579
|
|
|
|
7,806
|
|
Net loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(1,475
|
)
|
|
|
11,818
|
|
|
|
(55,859
|
)
|
Other non-cash adjustments, net
|
|
|
1,529
|
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
|
|
1,409
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(19,744
|
)
|
|
|
5,426
|
|
|
|
6,529
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(11,979
|
)
|
|
|
7,726
|
|
|
|
7,388
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(5,445
|
)
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
3,278
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(3,080
|
)
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
|
|
(7,134
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,086
|
|
|
|
2,072
|
|
|
|
(6,433
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
11,017
|
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
33,657
|
|
Accrued excess facility costs
|
|
|
(2,412
|
)
|
|
|
(6,044
|
)
|
|
|
(4,638
|
)
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
5,559
|
|
|
|
(24,512
|
)
|
|
|
(3,342
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
17,837
|
|
|
|
11,088
|
|
|
|
60,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(51,457
|
)
|
|
|
(129,202
|
)
|
|
|
(132,813
|
)
|
Proceeds from maturities of investments
|
|
|
80,961
|
|
|
|
130,641
|
|
|
|
117,352
|
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
63,269
|
|
|
|
27,240
|
|
|
|
6,885
|
|
Acquisition of property and equipment
|
|
|
(35,624
|
)
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(8,546
|
)
|
Acquisition of Scopus, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63,053
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Omneon, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(153,254
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of intellectual property
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
Other acquisitions
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
(452
|
)
|
|
|
(2,830
|
)
|
Sale of Entone, Inc. convertible note
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(96,355
|
)
|
|
|
(42,912
|
)
|
|
|
(17,952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from lease financing liability
|
|
|
18,833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
|
|
|
3,859
|
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
8,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
22,692
|
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
8,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(55,944
|
)
|
|
|
(27,414
|
)
|
|
|
50,886
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
152,477
|
|
|
|
179,891
|
|
|
|
129,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
96,533
|
|
|
$
|
152,477
|
|
|
$
|
179,891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payments, net
|
|
$
|
1,427
|
|
|
$
|
2,391
|
|
|
$
|
4,188
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock for Rhozet acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock for Omneon acquisition
|
|
|
95,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of vested portion of stock options and restricted
stock units assumed in connection with the Omneon acquisition
|
|
|
2,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing liability for construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
65
HARMONIC
INC.
|
|
NOTE 1:
|
ORGANIZATION,
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
|
Harmonic Inc. (Harmonic or the Company)
designs, manufactures and sells versatile and high performance
video infrastructure products and system solutions that enable
its customers to efficiently create, prepare and deliver
broadcast and on-demand video services to televisions, personal
computers and mobile devices. Historically, the majority of the
Companys sales have been derived from sales of video
processing solutions and network edge and access systems to
cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. More recently, the Company is providing its
video processing solutions to telecommunications companies, or
telcos, broadcasters and other media companies that create video
programming or offer video services. In September 2010, Harmonic
acquired Omneon, Inc. (Omneon), a private,
venture-backed company specializing in file-based infrastructure
for the production, preparation and playout of video content
typically deployed by broadcasters, satellite operators, content
owners and other media companies. The acquisition of Omneon is
complementary to Harmonics core business, expanding
Harmonics customer reach into content providers and
extending its product lines into video servers and
video-optimized storage for content production and playout.
Basis of Presentation. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements of Harmonic include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. The Companys fiscal quarters are based on
13-week periods, except for the fourth quarter which ends on
December 31.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents
are comprised of highly liquid, investment-grade investments
with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less
at the date of purchase. Cash equivalents are stated at amounts
that approximate fair value based on quoted market prices.
Investments. Harmonics short-term
investments are stated at fair value and are principally
comprised of U.S. government, U.S. government
agencies, state government agencies and corporate debt
securities. The Company classifies its investments as
available-for-sale
in accordance with applicable accounting guidance on accounting
for certain investments in debt and equity securities and states
its investments at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The
specific identification method is used to determine the cost of
securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected
in other expense, net. Investments are anticipated to be used
for current operations and are, therefore, classified as current
assets even though maturities may extend beyond one year. The
Company monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a
periodic basis. In the event a decline in value is determined to
be other than temporary, an impairment charge is recorded. The
Company considers current market conditions, as well as its
likeliness or need to sell its investments prior to a recovery
of par value, when determining if a loss is other than temporary.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The
carrying value of Harmonics financial instruments,
including cash, equivalents, short-term investments, accounts
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate
fair value due to their short maturities.
Concentrations of Credit Risk/Major Customers/Supplier
Concentration. Financial instruments which
subject Harmonic to concentrations of credit risk consist
primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and
accounts receivable. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments are invested in short-term, highly liquid
investment-grade obligations of commercial or governmental
issuers, in accordance with Harmonics investment policy.
The investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to
any one financial institution, commercial or governmental
issuer. Harmonics accounts receivable are derived from
sales to cable, satellite, telcos, broadcasters
66
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
and other media companies. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral from its customers and performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and provides for expected losses.
Harmonic maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon
the expected collectability of its accounts receivable. One
customer had a balance of 16% of the Companys net accounts
receivable as of December 31, 2010. Two customers had
balances of 14% and 12% of the Companys net accounts
receivable as of December 31, 2009.
Certain of the components and subassemblies included in the
Companys products are obtained from a single source or a
limited group of suppliers. Although the Company seeks to reduce
dependence on those sole source and limited source suppliers,
the partial or complete loss of certain of these sources could
have at least a temporary adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations and damage customer relationships.
Revenue Recognition. Harmonics principal
sources of revenue are from hardware products, software
products, solution sales, services, and hardware and software
maintenance contracts. Harmonic recognizes revenue when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred or services have been provided, the sale price is fixed
or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, and risk
of loss and title have transferred to the customer.
Revenue from product sales, excluding the revenue generated from
service-related solutions, which are discussed below, is
recognized when risk of loss and title has transferred, which is
generally upon shipment or delivery, or once all applicable
criteria have been met. Allowances are provided for estimated
returns and discounts. Such allowances are adjusted periodically
to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Solution sales for the design, manufacture, test, integration
and installation of products to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products,
that are customized to meet the customers specifications
are accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting
guidance on accounting for performance of
construction/production contracts. Accordingly, for each
arrangement that the Company enters into that includes both
products and services, the Company performs a detailed
evaluation to determine whether the arrangement should be
accounted for as a single arrangement, or alternatively, for
arrangements that do not involve significant production,
modification or customization, under other accounting guidance.
The Company has a long-standing history of entering into
contractual arrangements to deliver the solution sales described
above and such arrangements represent a significant part of the
operations of the Company.
At the outset of each arrangement accounted for as a single
arrangement, the Company develops a detailed project plan and
associated labor hour estimates for each project. The Company
believes that, based on its historical experience, it has the
ability to make labor cost estimates that are sufficiently
dependable to justify the use of the
percentage-of-completion
method of accounting and, accordingly, utilizes
percentage-of-completion
accounting for most arrangements that are determined to be
single arrangements. Under the
percentage-of-completion
method, revenue recognized reflects the portion of the
anticipated contract revenue that has been earned, equal to the
ratio of labor hours expended to date to anticipated final labor
hours, based on current estimates of labor hours to complete the
project. If the estimated costs to complete a project exceed the
total contract amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated
loss is recognized.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on applicable accounting guidance on
accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.
If the undelivered elements qualify as separate units of
accounting based on applicable accounting guidance, which
include that the delivered elements have value to the customer
on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable evidence
of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in the applicable accounting guidance to
be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is deferred
until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. The Company
establishes fair value by reference to the price the customer is
required to pay when an item is sold separately, using
contractually stated, substantive renewal rates, where
applicable, or the average price of recently completed stand
alone sales transactions. Accordingly, the
67
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
determination as to whether appropriate objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists can impact the timing of revenue
recognition for an arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on applicable accounting guidance on
non-software deliverables in an arrangement containing
more-than-incidental
software. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software and include all non-software
deliverables for which a software deliverable is essential to
its functionality. When software arrangements contain multiple
elements and vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair
value exists for all undelivered elements, Harmonic accounts for
the delivered elements using the residual method. In
arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for all
undelivered elements, the Company defers the recognition of all
revenue under an arrangement until all elements, except post
contract support, have been delivered. When post contract
support remains the only undelivered element for such contracts,
revenue is then recognized using the residual method. Fair value
of software-related elements is based on separate sales to other
customers or upon renewal rates quoted in contracts when the
quoted renewal rates are deemed to be substantive.
Maintenance services are recognized ratably over the maintenance
term, which is typically one year. The unrecognized revenue
portion of maintenance agreements billed is recorded as deferred
revenue. The costs associated with services are recognized as
incurred.
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized, net of deferred cost of revenue, and invoiced
amounts remain deferred until applicable revenue recognition
criteria are met.
Revenue from distributors and system integrators is recognized
on delivery, provided that the criteria for revenue recognition
have been met. The Companys agreements with these
distributors and system integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of the Companys equipment to end users and do not
provide for product rotation or pricing allowances, as are
typically found in agreements with stocking distributors. The
Company accrues for sales returns and other allowances based on
its historical experience.
Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and
handling costs incurred for inventory purchases and product
shipments are recorded in cost of revenue in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the
lower of cost, using the weighted average method, or market.
Harmonic establishes provisions for excess and obsolete
inventories to reduce such inventories to their estimated net
realizable value after evaluation of historical sales, future
demand and market conditions, expected product lifecycles and
current inventory levels. Such provisions are charged to cost of
revenue in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Capitalized Software Development Costs. Costs
related to research and development are generally charged to
expense as incurred. Capitalization of material software
development costs begins when a products technological
feasibility has been established in accordance with applicable
accounting guidance on accounting for the costs of computer
software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed. To date, the
time period between achieving technological feasibility, which
the Company has defined as the establishment of a working model,
which typically occurs when beta testing commences, and the
general availability of such software, has been short, and, as
such, software development costs qualifying for capitalization
have been insignificant.
The Company incurs costs associated with developing software for
internal use and for which no plan exists to market the software
externally. If internal software development costs become
material, the Company will capitalize the costs as part of
property and equipment and recognize the associated depreciation
over a useful life of generally three years. In the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company capitalized $1.0
million and $1.1 million in internal use software development
costs, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2008,
the internal use software development costs qualifying for
capitalization were insignificant.
68
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment
are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Estimated useful lives are five years for
furniture and fixtures and up to four years for machinery and
equipment. Depreciation and amortization for leasehold
improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining
useful lives of the assets, up to ten years, or the lease term
of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization expense
related to property and equipment for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $10.0 million,
$8.7 million and $7.0 million, respectively.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the difference
between the purchase price and the estimated fair value of the
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The
Company tests for impairment of goodwill on an annual basis in
the fourth quarter of each of its fiscal years at the Company
level, which is the sole reporting unit, and at any other time
at which events occur or circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of goodwill may exceed its fair value. When
assessing the goodwill for impairment, the Company considers its
market capitalization adjusted for a control premium and, if
necessary, the Companys discounted cash flow model, which
involves significant assumptions and estimates, including the
Companys future financial performance, the Companys
weighted average cost of capital and the Companys
interpretation of currently enacted tax laws. Circumstances that
could indicate impairment and require the Company to perform an
impairment test include: a significant decline in the financial
results of the Companys operations; the Companys
market capitalization relative to net book value; unanticipated
changes in competition and the Companys market share;
significant changes in the Companys strategic plans; or
adverse actions by regulators. Based on the impairment test
performed in the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company does not
believe that its goodwill was impaired.
Long-lived Assets. Long-lived assets represent
property and equipment and purchased intangible assets.
Purchased intangible assets from business combinations and asset
acquisitions include customer base, maintenance agreements and
related relationships, core technology, developed technology,
in-process technology, trademarks and tradenames, supply
agreements and assembled workforce. The Company evaluates the
recoverability of intangible assets and other long-lived assets
when indicators of impairment are present. When impairment
indicators are present, the Company evaluates the recoverability
of intangible assets and other long-lived assets on the basis of
undiscounted cash flows from each asset group. If impairment is
indicated, provisions for impairment are determined based on
fair value, principally using discounted cash flows. This
evaluation involves significant assumptions and estimates,
including the Companys future financial performance, the
Companys weighted average cost of capital and the
Companys interpretation of currently enacted tax laws and
accounting pronouncements. Circumstances that could indicate
impairment and require the Company to perform an impairment test
include: a significant decline in the cash flows of such asset
or asset group; unanticipated changes in competition and the
Companys market share; significant changes in the
Companys strategic plans; or exiting an activity resulting
from a restructuring of operations. See Note 4,
Goodwill and Identified Intangible Assets for
additional information.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess
Facilities. The Company applies applicable
accounting guidance on accounting for costs associated with
restructuring costs, including exit or disposal activities,
which requires that a liability for costs associated with an
exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially
at fair value when the liability is incurred. Harmonics
restructuring activities have primarily been related to excess
facilities. The Company determines the excess facilities accrual
based on expected cash payments, under the applicable facility
lease, reduced by any estimated sublease rental income for such
facility. See Note 9 Restructuring and Excess
Facilities for additional information.
Accrued warranties. The Company accrues for
estimated warranty costs at the time of revenue recognition and
records such accrued liabilities as part of cost of revenue.
Management periodically reviews its warranty liability and
adjusts the accrued liability based on the terms of warranties
provided to customers, historical and anticipated warranty
claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of
specified warranty claims.
Currency Translation. The functional currency
of the Companys Israeli, Cayman and Swiss operations is
the U.S. dollar. All other foreign subsidiaries use the
respective local currency as the functional currency. When the
local currency is the functional currency, gains and losses from
translation of these foreign currency financial
69
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate
component of other comprehensive income (loss) in
stockholders equity. For subsidiaries where the functional
currency is the U.S. dollar, gains and losses resulting
from remeasuring foreign currency denominated balances into
U.S. dollars are included in other expense, net and have
been insignificant for all periods presented. Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses derived from monetary assets and
liabilities being stated in a currency other than the functional
currency are recorded to other expense, net in the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income Taxes. In preparing the Companys
financial statements, the Company estimates the income taxes for
each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This
involves estimating the Companys actual current tax
exposures and assessing temporary and permanent differences
resulting from differing treatment of items, such as reserves
and accruals, for tax and accounting purposes.
The Companys income tax policy is to record the estimated
future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax
bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the
Companys accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well
as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company
follows the guidelines set forth in the applicable accounting
guidance regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded
on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and provides any necessary
allowances as required. Determining necessary allowances
requires the Company to make assessments about the timing of
future events, including the probability of expected future
taxable income and available tax planning opportunities.
The Company is subject to examination of its income tax returns
by various tax authorities on a periodic basis. The Company
regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting
from such examinations to determine the adequacy of its
provision for income taxes. The Company has applied the
provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes, which requires application of a
more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and
de-recognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition
threshold is met, the applicable accounting guidance permits the
Company to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest
amount of tax benefit that, in the Companys judgment, is
more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement.
It further requires that a change in judgment related to the
expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions be
recognized in earnings in the period of such change.
The Company files annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, the Company believes that its reserves for income
taxes reflect the most likely outcome. The Company adjusts these
reserves and penalties, as well as the related interest, in
light of changing facts and circumstances. Changes in the
Companys assessment of its uncertain tax positions or
settlement of any particular position could materially and
adversely impact the Companys income tax rate, operating
results, financial position and cash flows.
Advertising Expenses. Harmonic expenses the
cost of advertising as incurred. During the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, advertising expenses
were not material to the results of operations.
Stock-based Compensation Expense. Harmonic
measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based
payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock
options, restricted stock units and awards related to our
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), based upon the
grant-date fair value of those awards.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $15.5 million,
$10.6 million and $7.8 million, respectively.
Applicable accounting guidance requires companies to estimate
the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of
grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite
service period in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
The fair value of stock options is estimated at grant date using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Companys
determination of fair value of stock options on the date of
grant, using an option pricing model, is
70
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
affected by the Companys stock price, as well as the
assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective
variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the
Companys expected stock price volatility over the term of
the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option
exercise behaviors. The fair value of each restricted stock unit
grant is based on the underlying value of the Companys
common stock on the date of grant.
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive
income (loss) includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive
income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes
cumulative translation adjustments and unrealized gains and
losses on
available-for-sale
securities.
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Stockholders
Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Total accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) is displayed as a separate component
of stockholders equity in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The accumulated balances for each component of
other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following, net
of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized Gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) on
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
|
|
|
|
Available-for-Sale
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
(41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129
|
)
|
|
$
|
(170
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(486
|
)
|
|
|
(620
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
(430
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(301
|
)
|
|
|
(677
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
(731
|
)
|
|
$
|
(712
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging
Activities. Harmonic accounts for derivative
financial instruments and hedging contracts in accordance with
the applicable accounting guidance, which requires that all
derivatives be recognized at fair value in the statement of
financial position and that the corresponding gains or losses be
reported either in the statement of operations or as a component
of comprehensive income (loss), depending on the type of hedging
relationship that exists.
Forward Exchange Contracts Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments. Periodically, Harmonic enters into
foreign currency forward exchange contracts (forward
exchange contracts) to manage exposure related to accounts
receivable denominated in foreign currencies. The Company does
not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. The Company does not designate these forward exchange
contracts as hedging instruments, and these contracts do not
qualify for hedge accounting treatment. At December 31,
2010, the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
with a notional value of $3.3 million and Japanese Yen with
a notional value of $0.4 million. These foreign exchange
contracts mature in the first quarter of 2011. At
December 31, 2009, the Company had a forward exchange
contract to sell Euros with a notional value of
$6.6 million. This foreign exchange contract matured in the
first quarter of 2010. The fair value of these forward exchange
contracts was not material as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The Companys Euro forward exchange contracts generally
have maturities of one month and are closed out and rolled over
into new contracts at the end of each monthly reporting period.
The Companys Japanese Yen forward exchange contracts have
maturities of two to three months and are closed out at
maturity. The fair value of these contracts has historically not
been significant at the end of each reporting period. Typically,
realized gains and losses on these forward exchange contracts,
which arise as a result of closing out the contracts, are
substantially offset by remeasurement or realized losses and
gains on the underlying balances denominated in non-functional
71
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
currencies. Gains and losses on forward exchange contracts and
from remeasurement and realized gains and losses of the
underlying asset balances, denominated in non-functional
currencies, are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations in other expense, net.
Foreign Exchange Contracts Designated as Cash Flow
Hedges. Additionally, the Company has expenses
denominated in Israeli Shekels (ILS) and, from time to time,
addresses a portion of the related foreign currency exposure
through use of derivative financial instruments. The ILS
expenses are hedged using forward exchange contracts. The
Company enters into forward exchange contracts primarily to
reduce the effects of fluctuating ILS exchange rates against the
U.S. dollar. The forward exchange contracts range from one
to six months in maturity.
The hedges of ILS-denominated forecasted expenses are accounted
for in accordance with applicable guidance on derivatives and
hedging, pursuant to which the Company has designated its hedges
of forecasted foreign currency expenses as cash flow hedges. For
derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash
flow hedges under this guidance, the Company formally documents,
for each derivative contract at the hedges inception, the
relationship between the hedging instrument (forward contract)
and hedged item (forecasted ILS expenses), the nature of the
risk being hedged, and its risk management objective and
strategy for undertaking the hedge. The Company records the
effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative
instrument in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and
reclassifies these amounts into the related functional expense
in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized
in earnings. There were no forward exchange contracts to buy ILS
outstanding as of December 31, 2010. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding foreign
exchange forward contracts to buy ILS with a notional value of
$1.2 million that were entered into in order to hedge
forecasted expenses. As of December 31, 2009, the net
unrealized gains on derivative instruments were not material.
Reclassifications. From time to time the
Company reclassifies certain prior period balances to conform to
the current year presentation. These reclassifications have no
material impact on previously reported total assets, total
liabilities, stockholders equity, results of operations or
cash flows.
|
|
NOTE 2:
|
RECENT
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
|
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued revised guidance for revenue
recognition with multiple deliverables. This guidance impacts
the determination of when the individual deliverables included
in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as separate
units of accounting. Additionally, this guidance modifies the
manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated
across the separately identified deliverables by no longer
permitting the residual method of allocating arrangement
consideration. This revised guidance is effective beginning in
the first quarter of fiscal year 2011. The Company is currently
evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of the
revised accounting guidance on its consolidated results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
In October 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance for the
accounting for certain revenue arrangements that include
software elements. This guidance amends the scope of
pre-existing software revenue guidance by removing from the
guidance non-software components of tangible products and
certain software components of tangible products. This revised
guidance is effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal
year 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the potential
impact, if any, of the adoption of the revised accounting
guidance on its consolidated results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
In January 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance related to
fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires a
reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of
significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and
Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons
for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for fair
value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or
Level 3, a reporting entity should disclose separately
information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
(that is, on a gross basis rather than one net number). The
updated guidance also requires that an entity provide fair value
measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities
and disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used
to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair
value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value
measurements. The updated guidance is effective for interim or
annual financial reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2009,
72
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and
settlements in the roll forward activity in Level 3 fair
value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods
within those fiscal years. The adoption of the interim reporting
requirements by the Company in the first quarter of 2010 did not
have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations
or financial condition. The Company does not believe the
adoption of the interim reporting requirements in the first
quarter of 2011 will have a material impact on its consolidated
results of operations or financial condition.
Omneon
On September 15, 2010, Harmonic completed the acquisition
of 100% of the equity interests of Omneon, Inc., a private,
venture-backed company organized under the laws of Delaware and
headquartered in Sunnyvale, California. Omneon is engaged in the
development and support of a range of video servers, active
storage systems and related software applications that media
companies use to simultaneously ingest, process, store, manage
and deliver digital media in a wide range of formats. When used
for television production and on-air operations, the products
are designed to provide continuous real-time record and playback
capabilities as well as file-based access to and delivery of
digital media content. Omneons products include Spectrum
and MediaDeck video servers, MediaGrid active storage systems
and media management software applications which were initially
designed for, and have been deployed mostly by, broadcasters
that use Omneons products for the production and
transmission of television content.
The acquisition of Omneon is intended to strengthen
Harmonics competitive position in the digital media market
and to broaden the Companys relationships with customers
who produce and distribute digital video content, such as
broadcasters, content networks and other major owners of
content. The acquisition is also intended to broaden
Harmonics technology and product lines with digital
storage and playout solutions which complement Harmonics
existing video processing products. In addition, the acquisition
provided an assembled workforce, the implicit value of future
cost savings as a result of combining entities, and is expected
to provide Harmonic with future unidentified new products and
technologies. These opportunities were significant factors to
the establishment of the purchase price, which exceeded the fair
value of Omneons net tangible and intangible assets
acquired resulting in goodwill of approximately
$147.2 million that was recorded in connection with this
acquisition.
The purchase price, net of $40.5 million of cash acquired,
was $251.3 million, which consisted of
(i) approximately $153.3 million in cash, net of cash
acquired, (ii) 14.2 million shares of Harmonic common
stock with a total fair value of approximately
$95.9 million based on the price of Harmonic common stock
at the time of close, and (iii) approximately
$2.1 million representing the fair value attributed to
shares of Omneon equity awards which Harmonic assumed for which
services had already been rendered as of the close of the
acquisition. The cash portion of the purchase price was paid
from existing cash balances. The Company also incurred a total
of $5.9 million of transaction expenses, which were
expensed as selling, general and administrative expenses in the
year ended December 31, 2010.
The assets and liabilities of Omneon were recorded at fair value
at the date of acquisition. The Company will continue to
evaluate certain assets and liabilities as new information is
obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the
acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the
recognition of those assets and liabilities as of that date.
Changes to the assets and liabilities recorded may result in a
corresponding adjustment to goodwill and the measurement period
shall not exceed one year from the acquisition date. Further,
any associated restructuring activities will be expensed in
future periods and not recorded through purchase accounting as
previously done under prior accounting guidance. There are no
contingent consideration arrangements in connection with the
acquisition.
73
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The results of operations of Omneon are included in
Harmonics Consolidated Statements of Operations from
September 15, 2010, the date of acquisition. The following
table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price based on
the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,485
|
|
Accounts receivable (Gross amount due from accounts receivable
of $17,760)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,055
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,010
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,391
|
|
Deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,960
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,828
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
50,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patents/core technology
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships
|
|
|
29,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names/trademarks
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships
|
|
|
5,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109,100
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
358,037
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,829
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,399
|
)
|
Deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41,804
|
)
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,203
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291,802
|
|
Less: cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,485
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net purchase price
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
251,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price set forth in the table above was allocated
based on the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets
acquired and liabilities assumed as of September 15, 2010.
The Company used an overall discount rate of 15% to estimate the
fair value of the intangible assets acquired, which was derived
based on financial metrics of comparable companies operating in
Omneons industry. In determining the appropriate discount
rates to use in valuing each of the individual intangible
assets, the Company adjusted the overall discount rate giving
consideration to the specific risk factors of each asset. The
following methods were used to value the identified intangible
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the existing technology assets acquired was
established based on their highest and best use by a market
participant using the Income Approach. The Income
Approach included an analysis of the markets, cash flows and
risks associated with achieving such cash flows to calculate the
fair value;
|
|
|
|
As of the acquisition date, Omneon was developing new versions
and incremental improvements to its 3G MediaPort product, which
is expected to be used in the Spectrum product line once
completed. The in-process project was at a stage of development
that required further research and development to determine
technical feasibility and commercial viability. The fair value
of the in-process technology assets acquired was based on the
valuation premise that the assets would be In-Use
using a discounted cash flow model;
|
74
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of patents/core technology assets acquired was
established based on a variation of the Income Approach called
the Profit Allocation Method. In the Profit
Allocation Method, the Company estimated the value of the
patents/core technology based on the profits expected to be
saved because Harmonic owns the technology;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the customer contracts and related
relationships assets acquired was based on the Income Approach;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of trade names/trademarks assets acquired was
established based on the Profit Allocation Method;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the maintenance agreements and related
relationships assets acquired was based on the Income
Approach; and
|
|
|
|
The fair value of backlog acquired was established based on the
Income Approach.
|
Identified intangible assets are being amortized over the
following useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology is estimated to have a useful life of four
years;
|
|
|
|
In-process technology will be amortized upon completion over its
projected remaining useful life as assessed on the completion
date. The completion of the in-process project is expected
within the first half of 2011;
|
|
|
|
Patents/core technology are being amortized over their estimated
useful life of four years;
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships are being amortized
over their estimated useful life of six years;
|
|
|
|
Trade name/trademarks are being amortized over their estimated
useful lives of four years;
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships are being
amortized over their estimated useful life of six years; and
|
|
|
|
Order backlog was amortized over its estimated useful life of
three and one half months.
|
The existing technology, patents/core technology, customer
contracts and related relationships, maintenance agreements and
related relationships, trade name/trademarks and backlog are
being amortized using the straight-line method which reflects
the future projected cash flows.
The residual purchase price of $147.2 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill resulting from this
acquisition is not deductible for federal tax purposes.
Substantially all unvested stock options and unvested restricted
stock units issued by Omneon and outstanding at closing were
assumed by Harmonic. The exchange of stock-based compensation
awards was treated as a modification under current accounting
guidance. The calculation of the fair value of the exchanged
awards immediately before and after the modification did not
result in any significant incremental fair value. The fair value
of the Harmonic stock options and restricted stock units issued
to Omneon employees was $17.3 million, which was determined
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, of which
$2.1 million represents purchase consideration and
$15.2 million will be recorded as compensation expense over
the weighted average service period of 2.5 years.
For the period from September 15, 2010 to December 31,
2010, Omneon products contributed revenues of $36.5 million
and a net operating profit of $1.1 million.
Scopus
On March 12, 2009, Harmonic completed the acquisition of
100% of the equity interests of Scopus Video Networks Ltd., or
Scopus, a publicly traded company based in Israel. Scopus was
engaged in the development and support of digital video
networking products that allowed network operators to transmit,
process, and manage digital video content. Scopus primary
products included integrated receivers/decoders
(IRD), intelligent video gateways (IVG),
and encoders. In addition, Scopus marketed multiplexers, network
management systems (NMS), and other ancillary
technology to its customers.
75
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The acquisition of Scopus strengthened Harmonics
technology and market leadership, particularly in the broadcast
contribution and distribution markets. The acquisition extended
Harmonics diversification strategy, providing it with an
expanded international sales force and global customer base,
particularly in video broadcast, contribution and distribution
markets, as well as complementary video processing technology
and expanded research and development capability. In addition,
the acquisition provided an assembled workforce, the implicit
value of future cost savings as a result of combining entities,
and is expected to provide Harmonic with future unidentified new
products and technologies. These opportunities were significant
factors to the establishment of the purchase price, which
exceeded the fair value of Scopus net tangible and
intangible assets acquired resulting in goodwill of
approximately $22.8 million that was recorded in connection
with this acquisition.
The purchase price, net of $23.3 million of cash acquired,
was $63.1 million, which was paid from existing cash
balances. The Company also incurred a total of $3.4 million
of transaction expenses, which were expensed as selling, general
and administrative expenses in the first quarter of 2009.
The assets and liabilities of Scopus were recorded at fair value
at the date of acquisition. Subsequent to the acquisition, the
Company recorded expenses of $8.2 million in the year ended
December 31, 2009, primarily for excess and obsolete
inventories related to product discontinuances and severance
costs.
The results of operations of Scopus are included in
Harmonics Consolidated Statements of Operations from
March 12, 2009, the date of acquisition. The following
table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price based on
the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,316
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,899
|
|
Accounts receivable (Gross amount due from accounts receivable
of $6,977)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,308
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,899
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,280
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,312
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
$
|
10,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patents/core technology
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and tradenames
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,100
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101,961
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,963
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(336
|
)
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,293
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,369
|
|
Less: cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net purchase price
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price set forth in the table above was based on the
fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed as of March 12, 2009. The Company used
an overall discount rate of 16% to
76
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
estimate the fair value of the intangible assets acquired, which
was derived based on financial metrics of comparable companies
operating in Scopus industry. In determining the
appropriate discount rates to use in valuing each of the
individual intangible assets, the Company adjusted the overall
discount rate giving consideration to the specific risk factors
of each asset. The following methods were used to value the
identified intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the existing technology assets acquired was
established based on their highest and best used by a market
participant using the Income Approach. The Income
Approach included an analysis of the markets, cash flows and
risks associated with achieving such cash flows to calculate the
fair value. As of the acquisition date, Scopus was developing
new versions and incremental improvements to its IRD, encoder
and IVG products;
|
|
|
|
The in-process projects were at a stage of development that
required further research and development to determine technical
feasibility and commercial viability. The fair value of the
in-process technology assets acquired was based on the valuation
premise that the assets would be In-Use using a
discounted cash flow model;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of patents/core technology assets acquired was
established based on a variation of the Income Approach called
the Profit Allocation Method. In the Profit
Allocation Method, the Company estimated the value of the
patents/core technology based on the profits saved because
Harmonic owns the technology;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the customer contracts and related
relationships assets acquired was based on the Income Approach;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of trade names/trademarks assets acquired was
established based on the Profit Allocation Method;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the maintenance agreements and related
relationships assets acquired was based on the Income
Approach; and
|
|
|
|
The fair value of backlog acquired was established based on the
Cost Savings Approach.
|
Identified intangible assets are being amortized over the
following useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology is estimated to have a useful life between
three years and five years;
|
|
|
|
In-process technology is being amortized upon completion over
its projected remaining useful life as assessed on the
completion date. Three of the in-process projects were completed
in the fourth quarter of 2009 and the remaining three projects
were completed in the first quarter of 2010. The completed
technology is estimated to have useful lives between three and
six years;
|
|
|
|
Patents/core technology are being amortized over their useful
life of four years;
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships are being amortized
over their useful life of between four years and five years;
|
|
|
|
Trade name/trademarks are being amortized over their estimated
useful lives of five years;
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships are being
amortized over their useful life of four years; and
|
|
|
|
Order backlog was amortized over its estimated useful life of
six months.
|
The existing technology, patents/core technology, customer
contracts, maintenance agreements and related relationships,
trade name/trademarks and backlog are being amortized using the
straight-line method which reflects the future projected cash
flows.
The residual purchase price of $22.8 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not deductible for federal tax purposes.
For the period from March 12, 2009 to December 31,
2009, Scopus products contributed revenues of $19.3 million
and a net operating loss of $22.5 million.
77
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In July 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of Rhozet
Corporation. The purchase price was approximately
$15.5 million, including approximately $2.8 million of
cash, which was paid in the first quarter of 2008 approximately
$2.3 million of the total merger consideration, consisting of
cash and shares of Harmonic common stock, was held back by
Harmonic for at least 18 months following the closing of
the acquisition to satisfy certain indemnification obligations
of Rhozets shareholders pursuant to the terms of the
purchase agreement. All holdback amounts were released during
2009.
In December 2006, Harmonic completed its acquisition of Entone
Technologies, Inc. for a total purchase consideration of
$48.9 million. Under the terms of the purchase agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premises equipment, or CPE,
business into a separate private company prior to the closing of
the merger. As part of the terms of the purchase agreement,
Harmonic purchased a convertible note with a face amount of
$2.5 million in the new spun off private company in July
2007. The convertible note was sold to a third party for
approximately $2.6 million during 2008.
Pro
Forma Financial Information
The unaudited pro forma financial information presented below
for the year ended December 31, 2008 summarizes the
combined results of operations as if the Scopus acquisition had
been completed on January 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma
financial information for the year ended December 31, 2008
combines the results for Harmonic for the year ended
December 31, 2008 and the historical results of Scopus for
the year ended December 31, 2008.
The unaudited pro forma financial information presented below
for the year ended December 31, 2009 summarizes the
combined results of operations as if the Scopus and Omneon
acquisitions had been completed on January 1, 2009. The
unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2009 combines the results for Harmonic for the
year ended December 31, 2009, the historical results of
Omneon for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the
historical results of Scopus through March 12, 2009, the
date of acquisition.
The unaudited pro forma financial information presented below
for the year ended December 31, 2010 summarizes the
combined results of operations as if the Omneon acquisition had
been completed on January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma
financial information for the year ended December 31, 2010
combines the results for Harmonic for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the historical results of Omneon
through September 15, 2010, the date of acquisition.
The pro forma financial information is presented for
informational purposes only and does not purport to be
indicative of what would have occurred had the merger actually
been completed on such dates or of results which may occur in
the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
506,904
|
|
|
$
|
428,885
|
|
|
$
|
439,345
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(17,619
|
)
|
|
|
(37,253
|
)
|
|
|
44,654
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.34
|
)
|
|
|
0.47
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.34
|
)
|
|
|
0.47
|
|
78
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 4:
|
GOODWILL
AND IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
The following is a summary of goodwill and identified intangible
assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Identified intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing and core technology
|
|
$
|
127,146
|
|
|
$
|
(60,453
|
)
|
|
$
|
66,693
|
|
|
$
|
64,864
|
|
|
$
|
(48,013
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,851
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships
|
|
|
67,098
|
|
|
|
(36,117
|
)
|
|
|
30,981
|
|
|
|
37,900
|
|
|
|
(33,541
|
)
|
|
|
4,359
|
|
Trademarks and tradenames
|
|
|
11,361
|
|
|
|
(6,060
|
)
|
|
|
5,301
|
|
|
|
7,369
|
|
|
|
(5,136
|
)
|
|
|
2,233
|
|
Supply agreements
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
|
|
(3,414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,427
|
|
|
|
(3,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships
|
|
|
7,100
|
|
|
|
(1,008
|
)
|
|
|
6,092
|
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
|
|
(405
|
)
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
Software license, intellectual property and assembled workforce
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
(2,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal of identified intangibles
|
|
|
228,228
|
|
|
|
(110,158
|
)
|
|
|
118,070
|
|
|
|
118,069
|
|
|
|
(92,804
|
)
|
|
|
25,265
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
211,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,878
|
|
|
|
63,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
$
|
440,106
|
|
|
$
|
(110,158
|
)
|
|
$
|
329,948
|
|
|
$
|
182,022
|
|
|
$
|
(92,804
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
63,953
|
|
|
$
|
41,674
|
|
Acquisition of Scopus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,061
|
|
Adjustment to deferred tax liability associated with the
acquisition of Scopus
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Omneon
|
|
|
147,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
211,878
|
|
|
$
|
63,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historically, there have been no impairment charges recorded to
goodwill.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the
Company recorded a total of $17.4 million,
$11.9 million and $6.3 million of amortization expense
for identified intangibles, respectively, of which
79
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$12.5 million, $8.0 million and $5.5 million, was
included in cost of revenue, respectively. The estimated future
amortization expense of purchased intangible assets with
definite lives is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
Cost of Revenue
|
|
|
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
21,596
|
|
|
$
|
8,907
|
|
|
$
|
30,503
|
|
2012
|
|
|
20,504
|
|
|
|
8,715
|
|
|
|
29,219
|
|
2013
|
|
|
19,232
|
|
|
|
8,096
|
|
|
|
27,328
|
|
2014
|
|
|
13,745
|
|
|
|
6,775
|
|
|
|
20,520
|
|
2015
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
5,783
|
|
|
|
6,403
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,097
|
|
|
|
4,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
75,697
|
|
|
$
|
42,373
|
|
|
$
|
118,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The applicable accounting guidance establishes a framework for
measuring fair value and expands required disclosure about the
fair value measurements of assets and liabilities. This guidance
requires the Company to classify and disclose assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well
as fair value measurements of assets and liabilities measured on
a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial
measurement, in a three-tier fair value hierarchy as described
below.
The guidance defines fair value as the exchange price that would
be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date.
Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize
the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs. The guidance describes three levels of
inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted
prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Observable inputs other than
Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or
liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities. The Company primarily uses broker quotes
for valuation of its short-term investments.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported
by little or no market activity and that are significant to the
fair value of the assets or liabilities.
|
The Company uses the market approach to measure fair value for
its financial assets and liabilities. The market approach uses
prices and other relevant information generated by market
transactions involving identical or comparable assets or
liabilities. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and
2009, there were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of
assets and liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.
80
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys financial assets measured at fair value on a
recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009 based on the
three-tier fair value hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
DECEMBER 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market funds
|
|
$
|
68,081
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
68,081
|
|
Corporate bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,907
|
|
State, municipal and local government agencies bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
68,081
|
|
|
$
|
23,838
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market funds
|
|
$
|
114,898
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
114,898
|
|
Corporate bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,707
|
|
U.S. federal government bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,536
|
|
State, municipal and local government agencies bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,381
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
114,898
|
|
|
$
|
118,593
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
233,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, maturities of short-term
investments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Short-term investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year
|
|
$
|
21,174
|
|
|
$
|
84,771
|
|
Due in 1 - 2 years
|
|
|
2,664
|
|
|
|
27,821
|
|
Due in 3 - 30 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
$
|
23,838
|
|
|
$
|
118,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following is a summary of
available-for-sale
securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds
|
|
$
|
11,894
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,907
|
|
State, municipal and local government agencies bonds
|
|
|
11,915
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
11,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
23,809
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
(11
|
)
|
|
$
|
23,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds
|
|
$
|
35,655
|
|
|
$
|
74
|
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
$
|
35,707
|
|
U.S. federal, state, municipal and local government agencies
bonds
|
|
|
76,712
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
76,917
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
5,744
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
118,111
|
|
|
$
|
522
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
$
|
118,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the event the Company needs or desires to access funds from
the short-term investments that it holds, it is possible that
the Company may not be able to do so due to market conditions.
If a buyer is found but is unwilling to purchase the investments
at par or the Companys cost, it may incur a loss. Further,
rating downgrades of the security issuer or the third parties
insuring such investments may require the Company to adjust the
carrying value of these investments through an impairment
charge. The Companys inability to sell all or some of the
Companys short-term investments at par or the
Companys cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could adversely affect the Companys results of
operations or financial condition.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
realized gains and realized losses from the sale of investments
were not material.
Impairment
of Investments
Harmonic monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a
periodic basis. In the event that the carrying value of an
investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is
determined to be
other-than-temporary,
an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the
investment is established. In order to determine whether a
decline in value is
other-than-temporary,
the Company evaluates, among other factors: the duration and
extent to which the fair value has been less than the carrying
value; the Companys financial condition and business
outlook, including key operational and cash flow metrics,
current market conditions and future trends in the industry; and
the Companys relative competitive position within the
industry. At the present time, the Company does not intend to
sell its investments that have unrealized losses in accumulated
other comprehensive loss. In addition, the Company does not
believe that it is more likely than not that it will be required
to sell its investments that have unrealized losses in
accumulated other comprehensive loss before the Company recovers
the principal amounts invested. The Company believes that the
unrealized losses are temporary and do not require an
other-than-temporary
impairment, based on our evaluation of available evidence as of
December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2010, there were no individual
available-for-sale
securities in a material unrealized loss position and the amount
of unrealized losses on the total investment balance was
insignificant.
82
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 6:
|
ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS, RETURNS AND
DISCOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
107,549
|
|
|
$
|
70,001
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts
|
|
|
5,897
|
|
|
|
5,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
101,652
|
|
|
$
|
64,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and
do not bear interest. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectability of its accounts receivable. The expectation of
collectability is based on the Companys review of credit
profiles of customers, contractual terms and conditions,
current economic trends and historical payment experience.
The following is a summary of activity in allowances for
doubtful accounts, returns and discounts for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
Charges to
|
|
Charges to
|
|
From
|
|
End of
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Period
|
|
Revenue
|
|
Expense
|
|
Reserves
|
|
Period
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
5,163
|
|
|
$
|
3,109
|
|
|
$
|
1,056
|
|
|
$
|
(3,431
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,897
|
|
2009
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
|
|
4,794
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
(8,594
|
)
|
|
|
5,163
|
|
2008
|
|
|
8,194
|
|
|
|
7,615
|
|
|
|
1,497
|
|
|
|
(8,609
|
)
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
83
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
10,378
|
|
|
$
|
8,633
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
3,072
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
45,363
|
|
|
|
23,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,065
|
|
|
$
|
35,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Building (see Note 8)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,063
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
9,110
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
90,649
|
|
|
|
70,983
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
5,625
|
|
|
|
28,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105,384
|
|
|
|
113,114
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(65,559
|
)
|
|
|
(87,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
39,825
|
|
|
$
|
25,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
$
|
9,848
|
|
|
$
|
9,790
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs current
|
|
|
1,767
|
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
|
|
4,186
|
|
Accrued incentive compensation
|
|
|
11,512
|
|
|
|
3,539
|
|
Other
|
|
|
23,345
|
|
|
|
14,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,283
|
|
|
$
|
37,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 8:
|
FINANCING
LIABILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
|
The lease for the buildings at the Companys Sunnyvale
location ended in September 2010. In December 2009, the Company
entered into a lease for a building in San Jose,
California, which was intended to become the Companys new
headquarters. In January 2010, the Company began a build-out of
this facility and during the construction incurred approximately
$18.9 million in structural leasehold improvements. Under
the terms of the lease, the landlord reimbursed
$18.8 million of the construction costs. Because certain
improvements constructed by the Company were considered
structural in nature and the Company was responsible for any
cost overruns, the Company was considered to be the owner of the
construction project for accounting purposes under applicable
accounting guidance on the effect of lessee involvement in asset
construction.
As a result, in December 2009 the Company capitalized the fair
value of the building of $6.9 million with a corresponding
credit to financing liability. The fair value was determined as
of December 31, 2009 using a combination of the revenue
comparison approach and the income capitalization approach.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the liability
increased by $18.9 million due to additional structural
leasehold improvements, by $0.2 million due to land lease
expense and by $0.2 million due to capitalized interest
expense.
Construction was completed in September 2010 at which time the
Company relocated to the new building. Upon completion of
construction in September 2010, the Company assessed and
concluded that it qualified for sale-leaseback accounting under
applicable accounting guidance since the Company has no form of
continuing
84
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
involvement other than the leaseback. In connection with the
sale-leaseback of the building the Company removed from its
books the carrying value of the building, the structural
leasehold improvements and the financing liability.
|
|
NOTE 9:
|
RESTRUCTURING
AND EXCESS FACILITIES
|
The Company has recorded restructuring and excess facilities
charges beginning in 2001 and throughout subsequent years as a
result of changing conditions in the use of its facilities in
the United States and the United Kingdom. The initial expenses
that had been recorded to selling, general and administrative
expense and the related liabilities have been adjusted
periodically for changes in sublease income estimates.
In 2008, the Company recorded charges in selling, general and
administrative expenses for excess facilities of
$1.2 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income of a Sunnyvale building and $0.2 million from a
revised estimate of expected sublease income of two buildings in
the United Kingdom. The Sunnyvale lease terminated in September
2010 and the United Kingdom lease terminated in October 2010.
In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a total of
$7.4 million of expenses related to activities resulting
from the Scopus acquisition, including the termination of
approximately 65 Scopus employees. A charge of $6.3 million
was recorded in cost of revenue, consisting of excess and
obsolete inventories expenses from product discontinuances and
severance expenses for terminated Scopus employees. Research and
development expenses were $0.6 million for terminated
Scopus employees. Selling, general and administrative expenses
totaled $0.5 million consisting primarily of severance
expenses for terminated Scopus employees. Substantially all of
the severance was paid during the first quarter of 2009.
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an excess
facilities expense of $0.3 million related to the closure
of the Scopus New Jersey office. In addition, a charge of
$0.5 million was recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses related to severance expenses for
terminated Scopus employees and a charge totaling
$0.5 million was recorded in cost of revenue and operating
expenses related to severance expenses for other terminated
employees. Substantially all of the severance was paid during
the year ended December 31, 2009.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an excess
facilities charge of $3.0 million in selling, general and
administrative expenses related to the closure of the Omneon
headquarters in Sunnyvale, California. The charge is based on
future rent payments, net of expected sublease income, to be
made through the end of the lease term in June 2013.
Harmonic reassesses this liability quarterly and adjusts as
necessary based on changes in the timing and amounts of expected
sublease rental income.
The following table summarizes the activities in the
restructuring accrual during the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess
|
|
|
Campus
|
|
|
BTL
|
|
|
Scopus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Consolidation
|
|
|
Closure
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
11,150
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,013
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,544
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,838
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(3,954
|
)
|
|
|
(2,177
|
)
|
|
|
(344
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,196
|
|
|
|
3,860
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,376
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(4,079
|
)
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(6,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3,117
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
5,332
|
|
Provisions (Recoveries)
|
|
|
3,061
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(3,316
|
)
|
|
|
(1,713
|
)
|
|
|
(205
|
)
|
|
|
(169
|
)
|
|
|
(5,403
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
2,862
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
2,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
At December 31, 2010, accrued excess facilities totaled
$2.9 million, net of estimated expected sublease income, of
which $1.8 million was included in current accrued
liabilities and $1.1 million was included in other
non-current liabilities. These amounts are expected to be
substantially paid by June 2013. At December 31, 2009,
accrued excess facilities totaled $5.3 million, net of
estimated sublease income, of which $5.2 million was
included in current accrued liabilities and $0.1 million
was included in other non-current liabilities.
|
|
NOTE 10:
|
NET
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
|
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the
net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the
period by the weighted average number of the common shares
outstanding during the period. In the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were 18,774,438,
13,280,168 and 9,366,359 of potentially dilutive shares,
consisting of options, restricted stock units and employee stock
purchase plan awards excluded from the net income (loss) per
share computations, respectively, because their effect was
antidilutive.
Following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators
of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share
computations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net income (loss) (numerator)
|
|
$
|
(4,335
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
Shares calculation (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
101,487
|
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
94,535
|
|
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common stock relating to stock options, restricted
stock units and ESPP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
Future issued common stock related to acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted averages shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
101,487
|
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
95,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per
share for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
because potential common shares are only considered when their
effect would be dilutive.
|
|
NOTE 11:
|
CREDIT
FACILITIES
|
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 2, 2011. At December 31, 2010,
other than standby letters of credit and guarantees
(Note 16), there were no amounts outstanding under the line
of credit facility and there were no borrowings in the years
ended December 31, 2010 or 2009. This facility, which was
amended and restated in March 2010, contains a financial
covenant with the requirement for Harmonic to maintain
unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments,
net of credit extensions, of not less than $35.0 million.
Additionally, Harmonics line of credit includes covenants
prohibiting the payment of cash dividends. If Harmonic were
unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments balance, or if the Company were to pay cash
dividends, Harmonic would not be in compliance with the
facility. In the event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the
covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley Bank would be
entitled to exercise its remedies under the facility which
include declaring all obligations immediately due and payable.
At December 31, 2010, Harmonic was in compliance with the
covenants under this line of credit facility. Future borrowings
pursuant to the line would bear interest at the banks
prime rate (4.0% at December 31, 2010). Borrowings are
payable monthly and are not collateralized.
86
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Preferred Stock. Harmonic has 5,000,000
authorized shares of preferred stock. On July 23, 2002, the
Company classified 100,000 of these shares as Series A
Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the
Boards same day approval and adoption of a stockholder
rights plan. Under the plan, Harmonic declared and paid a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each share of
Harmonic common stock held by the Companys stockholders of
record as of the close of business on August 7, 2002. Each
preferred share purchase right entitles the holder to purchase
from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a
price of $25.00, subject to adjustment. The rights are not
immediately exercisable, however, and will become exercisable
only upon the occurrence of certain events. The stockholder
rights plan may have the effect of deterring or delaying a
change in control of Harmonic.
Stock Issuances. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, the Company issued
14,150,122 shares of common stock as part of the
consideration for the purchase of all of the outstanding shares
of Omneon. The shares had a fair market value of
$95.9 million at the time of issuance.
During the year ended December 31, 2007 Harmonic issued
905,624 shares of common stock as part of the consideration
for the purchase of all the outstanding shares of Rhozet. The
shares had a fair market value of $8.4 million at the time
of issuance. The Company had reserved 200,854 shares of
Harmonic common stock for future issuance in connection with the
acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007. The shares of Harmonic
common stock, were being held back by Harmonic for at least
18 months following the closing of the acquisition to
satisfy certain indemnification obligations of Rhozets
shareholders. These shares were issued in the first quarter of
2009.
Stock Plans. Harmonic has reserved an
aggregate of 22,828,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance
under various employee stock option plans. Stock options are
granted for periods not exceeding ten years and generally vest
25% at one year from date of grant, and an additional 1/48 per
month thereafter. Beginning on February 27, 2006, option
grants had a term of seven years. Restricted stock units have no
exercise price and generally vest over four years with 25%
vesting at one year from date of grant or the vesting
commencement date chosen for the award, and either an additional
1/16 per quarter thereafter, or 1/8 semiannually thereafter. In
May 2010, Harmonic stockholders approved amendments to the 1995
Stock Plan (the 1995 Plan) and increased the maximum
number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance by an
additional 10,600,000 shares, decreased the maximum term of
stock options to seven years and changed the share counting
provisions to provide that each award with an exercise price
below 100% of the fair market value on the grant date (or no
exercise price) would decrease the 1995 Plan reserve
1.5 shares for every unit or share granted and any
forfeitures of these awards due to their not vesting would
increase the 1995 Plan reserve by 1.5 shares for every unit
or share forfeited. Previously, restricted stock units granted
reduced the number of shares reserved for grant under the plans
by two shares for every unit granted. Stock options are granted
having exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the
stock at the date of grant. Certain awards provide for
accelerated vesting if there is a change in control. In the
years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, employees received
restricted stock units valued at $18.1 million and
$9.7 million, respectively.
Upon acquisition of Omneon in September 2010, the Company
assumed substantially all unvested stock options and restricted
stock units outstanding as of the date of closing from
Omneons 1998 Stock Option Plan and 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan, resulting in the assumption of stock options to purchase
approximately 1,522,000 shares of Harmonic common stock and
the assumption of restricted stock units for
1,455,000 shares of Harmonic common stock. The exchange of
stock-based compensation awards was treated as a modification
under current accounting guidance. The calculation of the fair
value of the exchanged awards immediately before and after the
modification did not result in any significant incremental fair
value. The fair value of Harmonics stock options and
restricted stock units issued to Omneon employees was
$17.3 million, which was determined using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model, of which $2.1 million represents
purchase consideration and $15.2 million will be recorded
as compensation expense over the weighted average service period
of 2.5 years.
87
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Director Option Plans. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Director
Option Plan (the Plan), replacing the
1995 Director Option Plan. In June 2006, Harmonics
stockholders approved an amendment to the Plan and increased the
maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance
over the term of the Plan by an additional 300,000 shares
to 700,000 shares and reduced the term of future options
granted under the Plan to seven years. In May 2008, Harmonic
stockholders approved amendments to the Plan to, among other
things, increase the maximum number of shares of common stock
authorized for issuance by an additional 100,000 to
800,000 shares, and to rename the Plan the
2002 Director Stock Plan. In May 2010, Harmonic
stockholders approved amendments to the Plan and increased the
maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance
by an additional 400,000 shares and changed the share
counting provisions to provide that each award of restricted
stock units would decrease the 2002 Plan reserve 1.5 shares
for every unit granted and any forfeitures of unvested
restricted stock units would increase the 2002 Plan reserve by
1.5 shares for every unit forfeited. Harmonic had a total
of 752,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the Plan as of December 31, 2010. The Plan provides
for the grant of non-statutory stock options or restricted stock
units to certain non-employee directors of Harmonic. Restricted
stock units, or RSUs, have no exercise price and vest either
after one year or the vesting date chosen for such award.
Previously, restricted stock units granted reduced the number of
shares reserved for grant under the Plan by two shares for every
unit granted. Stock options are granted at fair market value of
the stock at the date of grant for periods not exceeding seven
years. Initial option grants generally vest monthly over three
years, and subsequent grants generally vest monthly over one
year. In the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, there
were 87,367 and 99,463 units granted to non-employee
directors with a grant date fair value of $0.5 million and
$0.5 million, respectively.
A summary of share-based award activity is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
|
for Grant
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(3,013
|
)
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
Options cancelled
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,312
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(825
|
)
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
(3,335
|
)
|
Options cancelled
|
|
|
688
|
|
Restricted stock units cancelled
|
|
|
60
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
4,054
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(977
|
)
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
(4,921
|
)
|
Options cancelled
|
|
|
683
|
|
Restricted stock units cancelled
|
|
|
413
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
10,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity
under the Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
RSUS
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Value(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
5.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units released
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
|
$
|
371
|
|
Restricted stock units cancelled
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
|
|
5.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding restricted stock units assumed in acquisition of
Omneon
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
6.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
|
|
6.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units released
|
|
|
(1,176
|
)
|
|
|
5.86
|
|
|
$
|
7,545
|
|
Restricted stock units cancelled
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
6.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
$
|
6.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Represents the fair value of Harmonic common stock on the date
that the restricted stock units vested. |
89
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
9,469
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
8.16
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(777
|
)
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
Options cancelled
|
|
|
(818
|
)
|
|
|
13.45
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
28.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
10,798
|
|
|
|
10.50
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
5.70
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
4.80
|
|
Options cancelled
|
|
|
(688
|
)
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
35.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
10,499
|
|
|
|
9.44
|
|
Outstanding options assumed in acquisition of Omneon
|
|
|
1,522
|
|
|
|
2.25
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
6.28
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
4.60
|
|
Options cancelled
|
|
|
(858
|
)
|
|
|
7.54
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(720
|
)
|
|
|
33.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
11,020
|
|
|
$
|
6.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
7,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and
expected-to-vest
at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
10,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average fair value of options granted for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $3.09, $2.88 and
$3.79 per share, respectively.
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
options outstanding at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercisable at
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In Years)
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per option data)
|
|
|
Range of Exercise Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.19 4.41
|
|
|
1,679
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
2.42
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
$
|
2.64
|
|
$4.45 5.86
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
5.63
|
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
5.62
|
|
$5.87 6.76
|
|
|
1,642
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
6.17
|
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
|
5.97
|
|
$6.91 7.63
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
7.40
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
7.38
|
|
$7.67 8.17
|
|
|
2,337
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
8.16
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
8.16
|
|
$8.20 8.59
|
|
|
1,583
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
8.23
|
|
|
|
1,441
|
|
|
|
8.23
|
|
$8.65 16.73
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
9.65
|
|
|
|
1,977
|
|
|
|
9.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,020
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
$
|
6.90
|
|
|
|
7,827
|
|
|
$
|
7.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The weighted-average remaining contractual life for all
exercisable stock options at December 31, 2010 was
3.1 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual life
of all vested and
expected-to-vest
stock options at December 31, 2010 was 3.9 years. The
weighted-average remaining contractual life of all vested and
expected-to-vest
restricted stock units at December 31, 2010 was
1.4 years.
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at
December 31, 2010 was $11.1 million. The aggregate
intrinsic value of stock options vested and
expected-to-vest
net of estimated forfeitures was $20.2 million at
December 31, 2010. Aggregate intrinsic value represents the
difference between our closing price on the last trading day of
the fiscal period, which was $8.57 as of December 31, 2010,
and the exercise price multiplied by the number of options
outstanding or exercisable. The intrinsic value of exercised
stock options is calculated based on the difference between the
exercise price and the current market value at the time of
exercise. The aggregate intrinsic value of exercised stock
options was $1.0 million, $0.2 million and
$2.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
The total realized tax benefit attributable to stock options
exercised during the period in jurisdictions where this expense
is deductible for tax purposes was $0.3 million in the year
ended December 31, 2010. There was no such realized tax
benefit in the years ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the 2002 Purchase Plan) replacing the
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective for the offering
period beginning on July 1, 2002. As a result of the
adoption of the 2002 Purchase Plan and subsequent
stockholder-approved amendments, a total of 7.5 million
shares have been approved for issuance pursuant to the 2002
Purchase Plan. In addition, in June 2006, the Companys
stockholders approved an amendment to the 2002 Purchase Plan to
reduce the term of future offering periods to six months which
became effective for the offering period beginning
January 1, 2007. The 2002 Purchase Plan enables employees
to purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever
is lower. Offering periods generally begin on the first trading
day on or after January 1 and July 1 of each year. The 2002
Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock
purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code. During the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, the number of shares of stock issued under the
purchase plans was 864,800, 705,206 and 468,545 at weighted
average prices of $4.90, $5.24 and $7.88, respectively. The
weighted-average fair value of each right to purchase shares of
common stock granted under the purchase plans during the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1.70, $2.19 and
$2.86, respectively. At December 31, 2010, a total of
1,775,073 shares were reserved for future issuances under
the 2002 Purchase Plan.
Retirement/Savings Plan. Harmonic has a
retirement/savings plan which qualifies as a thrift plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan
allows participants to contribute up to 20% of total
compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limitations. Harmonic can make discretionary contributions to
the plan of 25% of the first 4% contributed by eligible
participants up to a maximum contribution per participant of
$1,000 per year. Employer contributions totaled
$0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The
employer contribution was suspended during the first quarter of
2009.
91
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Stock-based
Compensation
The following table summarizes stock-based compensation costs in
our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
2,197
|
|
|
$
|
1,517
|
|
|
$
|
1,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
5,013
|
|
|
|
3,846
|
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
8,329
|
|
|
|
5,215
|
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation in operating expense
|
|
|
13,342
|
|
|
|
9,061
|
|
|
|
6,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
15,539
|
|
|
|
10,578
|
|
|
|
7,806
|
|
Amount capitalized in inventory
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
15,549
|
|
|
$
|
10,597
|
|
|
$
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, total unamortized stock-based
compensation cost related to unvested stock options and
restricted stock units was $35.7 million. This amount will
be recognized as expense using the straight-line attribution
method over the remaining weighted-average amortization period
of 2.5 years.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes single option pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Options
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2007
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
56
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
51
|
%
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
|
|
76
|
%
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
The expected term for stock options and the 2002 Purchase Plan
represents the weighted-average period that the stock options
are expected to remain outstanding. Our computation of expected
life was determined based on historical experience of similar
awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the
stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future
employee behavior.
We use the Companys historical volatility for a period
equivalent to the expected term of the options and the 2002
Purchase Plan offering period to estimate the expected
volatility.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates appropriate for the expected term of our employee
stock options and employee stock purchase plan awards. The
dividend yield assumption is based on our history and
expectation of dividend payouts.
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
66,036
|
|
|
$
|
9,749
|
|
|
$
|
130,806
|
|
International
|
|
|
(60,597
|
)
|
|
|
(19,484
|
)
|
|
|
(84,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,439
|
|
|
$
|
(9,735
|
)
|
|
$
|
45,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
9,760
|
|
|
$
|
2,107
|
|
|
$
|
37,483
|
|
International
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
11,261
|
|
|
|
(54,993
|
)
|
International
|
|
|
(1,240
|
)
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
|
(866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,774
|
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonics provision for (benefit from) income taxes
differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory
U.S. federal income tax rate to the income (loss) before
income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes at U.S. Federal
statutory rate
|
|
$
|
1,904
|
|
|
$
|
(3,407
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,089
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(469
|
)
|
|
|
(1,661
|
)
|
|
|
2,168
|
|
Differential in rates on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(1,842
|
)
|
|
|
(1,768
|
)
|
|
|
(1,859
|
)
|
Losses for which no benefit is taken
|
|
|
6,880
|
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
(15,306
|
)
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
8,150
|
|
|
|
(53,450
|
)
|
Change in liabilities for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
2,390
|
|
|
|
32,646
|
|
Non-deductible stock-based compensation
|
|
|
1,940
|
|
|
|
1,811
|
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
Research credits
|
|
|
(1,404
|
)
|
|
|
(1,163
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible acquisition related expenses
|
|
|
1,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,774
|
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$
|
33,741
|
|
|
$
|
19,876
|
|
|
$
|
29,395
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
27,431
|
|
|
|
21,925
|
|
|
|
5,317
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(3,320
|
)
|
|
|
7,440
|
|
|
|
8,189
|
|
Research and development credit carryovers
|
|
|
12,136
|
|
|
|
14,930
|
|
|
|
12,775
|
|
Deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
6,063
|
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Other tax credits
|
|
|
2,813
|
|
|
|
3,883
|
|
|
|
4,658
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,066
|
)
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
2.384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
77,798
|
|
|
|
73,049
|
|
|
|
66,027
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(26,557
|
)
|
|
|
(18,025
|
)
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
51,241
|
|
|
|
55,024
|
|
|
|
64,123
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(26,172
|
)
|
|
|
(7,331
|
)
|
|
|
(4,604
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
25,069
|
|
|
$
|
47,693
|
|
|
$
|
59,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the activity related to the
Companys valuation allowance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
18,025
|
|
|
$
|
1,904
|
|
|
$
|
112,330
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
8,532
|
|
|
|
16,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(110,426
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
26,557
|
|
|
$
|
18,025
|
|
|
$
|
1,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the activity related to the
Companys gross unrecognized tax benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
47.0
|
|
|
$
|
46.5
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
Increases related to tax positions
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of
taxes and release of other tax contingencies
|
|
|
(6.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
48.4
|
|
|
$
|
47.0
|
|
|
$
|
46.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would impact
the effective tax rate is approximately $48.4 million at
December 31, 2010. We also accrued potential interest of
$1.9 million, related to these unrecognized tax benefits
during 2010, and in total, as of December 31, 2010, the
Company had recorded liabilities for potential penalties and
interest of $0.7 million and $4.3 million,
respectively. In 2010, the Company reversed $2.3 million of
liability due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.
During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, we
accrued potential interest of $0.8 million and
$1.6 million, with no potential penalties in either year,
and reversed $0.5 million and $1.2 million of
liabilities due to the expiration of the statute of
94
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
limitations, respectively. The Company anticipates a decrease of
$3.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits due to expiration
of the statute of limitations within the next 12 months.
The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations during which
such tax returns may be audited and adjusted by the relevant tax
authorities. The 2007 through 2010 tax years generally remain
subject to examination by federal and most state tax
authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2004
through 2010 tax years generally remain subject to examination
by their respective tax authorities. The Company has been
notified that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will be
auditing the 2008 and 2009 tax years.
The Company anticipates the unrecognized tax benefits may
increase during the year for items that arise in the ordinary
course of business. Such amounts will be reflected as an
increase in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and an
increase to the current period tax expense. These increases will
be considered in the determination of the Companys annual
effective tax rate. The amount of the unrecognized tax benefit
classified as a long-term tax payable and partially offset
against deferred tax assets, if recognized, would reduce the
annual income provision.
Pursuant to applicable accounting guidance on accounting for
income taxes, the Company is required to periodically review the
Companys deferred tax assets and determine whether, based
on available evidence, a valuation allowance is necessary. In
2008, the Company released $110.4 million of the valuation
allowance against all of the Companys U.S. and
certain foreign net deferred tax assets, of which
$3.3 million was accounted for as a reduction to goodwill
related to the Entone acquisition. The Company evaluated the
need for a valuation allowance based on historical evidence,
trends in profitability, expectations of future taxable income
and implemented tax planning strategies. As such, the Company
determined that a valuation allowance was no longer necessary
because, based on the available evidence, the Company concluded
that realization of these net deferred tax assets was more
likely than not. In the event that, in the future, the Company
determines that a valuation allowance is necessary with respect
to the Companys U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax
assets, the Company would incur a charge equal to the amount of
the valuation allowance in the period in which the Company made
such determination, and this could have a material and adverse
impact on the Companys results of operations for such
period. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a
valuation allowance of $26.6 million, which primarily
relates to foreign net operating losses, and a portion of the
California tax credits. More specifically, new California tax
legislation enacted on February 20, 2009 provides for the
election of a single sales apportionment formula beginning in
2011. The Company anticipates it will elect the single sales
apportionment method. The use of this apportionment method
reduces the amount of expected future state taxable income which
required the Company to record a valuation allowance against a
portion of its California tax credits.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $72.1 million
of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce
future taxable income which will begin to expire in 2016 for
state tax purposes. As of December 31, 2010 the Company had
foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $109.0 million
which do not expire. As of December 31, 2010, the portion
of state net operating loss carryforwards which relates to stock
option deductions is approximately $9.0 million. The
Company is tracking the portion of the Companys deferred
tax assets attributable to stock option benefits in a separate
memo account pursuant to applicable accounting guidance.
Therefore, these amounts are no longer included in the
Companys gross or net deferred tax assets. Pursuant to
applicable accounting guidance, the stock option benefits will
only be recorded to equity when they reduce cash taxes payable.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had federal and state
tax credits carryovers of approximately $1.6 million and
$19.2 million, respectively, available to offset future
taxable income. The federal credits expire beginning in 2029,
while the state credits will not expire.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss and tax
credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to
the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating
loss before utilization.
U.S. income taxes were not provided on approximately
$7.8 million of undistributed earnings for certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences
95
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
related to investments in these
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are essentially permanent in duration is not practicable.
The Company has not provided U.S. income taxes and foreign
withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 because the Company
intends to permanently reinvest such earnings outside the
U.S. If these foreign earnings were to be repatriated in
the future, the related U.S. tax liability may be reduced
by any foreign income taxes previously paid on these earnings.
|
|
NOTE 15:
|
SEGMENT
INFORMATION
|
The Company operates its business in one reportable segment,
which is the design, manufacture and sale of video
infrastructure solutions, spanning content production to
multi-screen video delivery. Harmonics products enable
customers to create, prepare and deliver video services over
broadcast, cable, Internet, mobile, satellite and networks.
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise
that engage in business activities for which separate financial
information is available and evaluated by the chief operating
decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and
assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker is our
Chief Executive Officer. The acquisition of Omneon resulted in
an additional product line, production and playout, but did not
impact our reportable segments.
The Companys revenue by product type is summarized as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Video processing products
|
|
$
|
202,898
|
|
|
$
|
162,654
|
|
|
$
|
165,885
|
|
Production and playout products
|
|
|
32,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and access products
|
|
|
135,306
|
|
|
|
117,355
|
|
|
|
165,246
|
|
Service and support
|
|
|
52,561
|
|
|
|
39,557
|
|
|
|
33,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
423,344
|
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our revenue by geographic region, based on the location at which
each sale originates, and our property and equipment, net by
geographic region is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
209,583
|
|
|
$
|
162,023
|
|
|
$
|
205,162
|
|
International
|
|
|
213,761
|
|
|
|
157,543
|
|
|
|
159,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
423,344
|
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
32,104
|
|
|
$
|
18,015
|
|
International
|
|
|
7,721
|
|
|
|
7,926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
39,825
|
|
|
$
|
25,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major Customers. To date, a majority of
Harmonics net revenue has been derived from relatively few
customers, and Harmonic expects this customer concentration to
continue in the foreseeable future. In the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, sales to Comcast accounted for
17% and 16% of net revenue, respectively. In 2008, sales to
Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 20% and 12% of net revenue,
respectively.
96
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Companys assets are primarily located within the
United States of America.
Warranties. The Company accrues for estimated
warranty costs at the time of product shipment. Management
periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its warranty
liability and records adjustments based on the terms of
warranties provided to customers, historical and anticipated
warranty claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost
of specified warranty claims. Activity for the Companys
warranty accrual, which is included in accrued liabilities, is
summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
4,186
|
|
|
$
|
5,361
|
|
Acquired warranty obligation from Scopus acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
Acquired warranty obligation from Omneon acquisition
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual for current period warranties
|
|
|
4,898
|
|
|
|
991
|
|
Warranty costs incurred
|
|
|
(5,222
|
)
|
|
|
(4,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
4,811
|
|
|
$
|
4,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit. As of
December 31, 2010, the Companys financial guarantees
consisted of standby letters of credit outstanding, which were
principally related to performance bonds and state requirements
imposed on employers. The maximum amount of potential future
payments under these arrangements was $0.6 million.
Indemnification. Harmonic is obligated to
indemnify its officers and the members of its Board of Directors
pursuant to its bylaws and contractual indemnity agreements.
Harmonic also indemnifies some of its suppliers and customers
for specified intellectual property matters pursuant to certain
contractual arrangements, subject to certain limitations. The
scope of these indemnities varies, but in some instances,
includes indemnification for damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees). There have been no amounts
accrued in respect of the indemnification provisions through
December 31, 2010.
Guarantees. At December 31, 2010 and
2009, Harmonic had no other guarantees outstanding.
|
|
NOTE 17:
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Commitments Leases. Harmonic
leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases which
expire at various dates through December 2020. In addition,
Harmonic leases vehicles in several foreign countries under
noncancelable operating leases which expire in 2013. Total lease
payments related to these operating leases were
$13.3 million, $14.4 million and $14.0 million
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable
operating leases at December 31, 2010, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
4,761
|
|
2012
|
|
|
5,351
|
|
2013
|
|
|
6,720
|
|
2014
|
|
|
5,759
|
|
2015
|
|
|
6,113
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
30,485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
59,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2010, $4.5 million of these future
lease payments were accrued for as part of accrued excess
facility costs. See Note 9 Restructuring and Excess
Facilities.
Commitments Royalties. Harmonic
has licensed certain technologies from various companies and
incorporates this technology into its own products and is
required to pay royalties usually based on shipment of products.
In addition, Harmonic has obtained research and development
grants under various Israeli government programs that require
the payment of royalties on sales of certain products resulting
from such research. During the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 royalty expenses were $3.3 million,
$2.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively.
Purchase Commitments with Contract Manufacturers and
Suppliers. The Company relies on a limited number
of contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing
services for a substantial majority of its products. In
addition, some components,
sub-assembly
and modules are obtained from a sole supplier or limited group
of suppliers. During the normal course of business, in order to
reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component
supply, the Company enters into agreements with certain contract
manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to procure inventory
based upon criteria as defined by the Company.
|
|
NOTE 18:
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
In March 2010, Interkey ELC Ltd, or Interkey, filed a lawsuit in
Israel alleging breach of contract against Harmonic and Scopus
Video Networks Ltd. (now Harmonic Video Networks Ltd. or
HVN), which was acquired by Harmonic in March 2009.
The plaintiffs are seeking damages in the amount of 6,300,000
ILS (approximately $1.7 million). Harmonic believes
Interkeys and its shareholders claims are without
merit and Harmonic and HVN intend to vigorously defend
themselves against these claims. Based on the foregoing,
Harmonic has not recorded a provision for this claim.
In April 2010, Arris Corporation filed a complaint in United
States District Court in Atlanta, alleging that our Streamliner
3000 product infringes four patents held by Arris. The complaint
seeks injunctive relief and damages. Harmonic was served with
the complaint in August 2010 and filed its answer in September
2010. At this time, we cannot predict the outcome of this
matter, with certainty. In connection with this matter, we
recorded a $1.3 million liability in the fourth quarter of
2010 based on managements determination of our probable
and estimable exposure in the matter. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter, at a level materially above such charge, could
adversely affect our operating results, financial position and
cash flows.
In May 2003, a derivative action, purporting to be on our
behalf, was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara against certain current and former officers and
directors. The derivative action alleged facts similar to those
alleged in the securities class action filed against Harmonic in
2000 and settled in 2008. The securities class action alleged
that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Exchange Act. The complaint in the securities class
action litigation also alleged that certain defendants violated
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act, by filing a false or
misleading registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy
in connection with the C-Cube acquisition. In March 2009, the
Court hearing the derivative action granted final approval of a
settlement in connection with the matter. The settlement
released Harmonics officers and directors from all claims
brought in the derivative lawsuit, and the Company paid
$0.6 million to cover the plaintiffs attorneys
fees.
In July 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems filed a
complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central District
of California, alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. In August 2007, the District Court
granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed this
motion and, in June 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated the District
Courts decision and remanded for further proceedings. At a
scheduling conference in September 2008, the judge ordered the
parties to mediation. Following the mediation sessions, Harmonic
and Litton entered into a settlement agreement in January 2009.
The settlement agreement provides that, in exchange for a
one-time lump
98
HARMONIC
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
sum payment from Harmonic to Litton of $5 million, Litton
(i) will not bring suit against Harmonic, any of its
affiliates, customers, vendors, representatives, distributors,
or its contract manufacturers for any liability for making,
using, offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents, and (ii) released Harmonic from any
liability for making, using or selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. The Company recorded a
provision of $5.0 million in its selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008. Harmonic paid the settlement amount in January 2009.
An unfavorable outcome on the above referenced or any other
litigation matters could require that Harmonic pay substantial
damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property
infringement claims, could require that the Company pay ongoing
royalty payments or could prevent the Company from selling
certain of its products. As a result, a settlement of, or an
unfavorable outcome on, any of the above referenced or other
litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
and cash flows.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the telco industry
have extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third
parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or the Companys customers. Such
assertions arise in the normal course of the Companys
operations. The resolution of any such assertions and claims
cannot be predicted with certainty.
99
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
EVALUATION
OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as
such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we
file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC
rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and
evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter
how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable,
not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure
controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing
disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily
was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and
procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures
also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that
any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions.
Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective.
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
Our managements report on our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) and the related attestation report of
our independent registered public accounting firm, are included
on pages 66 and 69, respectively, of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and are incorporated herein by reference.
CHANGES
IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
There was no change in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
pursuant to Instruction G to Exchange Act
Form 10-K,
and the Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for
its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 2011 Proxy Statement), not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and certain information included in the 2011 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
Information concerning our directors required by this item will
be set forth in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Information concerning our executive officers required by this
item will be set forth in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set forth in the
2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
100
Information concerning our audit committee and our audit
committee financial expert will be set forth in our 2011 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for
Senior Operational and Financial Leadership (the
Code), which applies to its Chief Executive Officer,
its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate Controller and other
senior operational and financial management. The Code is
available on the Companys website at www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under
Form 8-K
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this
Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at
the address specified above, and, to the extent required by the
listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, by filing
a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such
information.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information related to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and security ownership of management and related
stockholder matters will be set forth in the 2011 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
1. Financial Statements. See Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 on page 59 of
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
2. Financial Statement
Schedules. Financial statement schedules have
been omitted because the information is not required to be set
forth herein, is not applicable or is included in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits. The documents listed in the
Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
in each case as indicated therein.
101
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant,
Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California,
on March 1, 2011.
HARMONIC INC.
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
(Patrick
J. Harshman)
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CAROLYN
V. AVER
(Carolyn
V. Aver)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEWIS
SOLOMON
(Lewis
Solomon)
|
|
Chairman
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ HAROLD
L. COVERT
(Harold
L. Covert)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
GALLAGHER
(Patrick
Gallagher)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ E.
FLOYD KVAMME
(E.
Floyd Kvamme)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ANTHONY
J. LEY
(Anthony
J. Ley)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM
REDDERSEN
(William
Reddersen)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
VAN VALKENBURG
(David
Van Valkenburg)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2011
|
102
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following Exhibits to this report are filed herewith or, as
shown below, are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.1 (iii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization among C-Cube
Microsystems, Inc. and Harmonic Inc. dated October 27, 1999
|
|
3
|
.1(vi)
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harmonic Inc., as amended
|
|
3
|
.2 (xxii)
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Harmonic Inc.
|
|
4
|
.1(i)
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate
|
|
4
|
.2 (vii)
|
|
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated July 24, 2002, between
Harmonic Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC
|
|
4
|
.3 (vii)
|
|
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges
of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of Harmonic Inc.
|
|
4
|
.4(i)
|
|
Registration and Participation Rights and Modification
Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1994, among Harmonic Inc. and
certain holders of Registrants Common Stock
|
|
10
|
.1(i)*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2 (xxviii)*
|
|
1995 Stock Plan, as amended on May 20, 2010
|
|
10
|
.3(i)*
|
|
1995 Director Option Plan and form of Director Option
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.4(ii)
|
|
Business Loan Agreement, Commercial Security Agreement and
Promissory Note, dated August 26, 1993, as amended on September
14, 1995, between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.5 (viii)*
|
|
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
10
|
.6(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 603-611 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.7(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 1322 Crossman Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.8(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 646 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.9(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 632 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.10(iv)
|
|
First Amendment to the Lease Agreement for 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.11 (xxviii)*
|
|
2002 Board Stock Plan, as amended on May 20, 2010
|
|
10
|
.12 (xxvi)*
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Subscription
Agreement, as amended on May 21, 2009
|
|
10
|
.13(v)
|
|
Supply License and Development Agreement, dated as of October
27, 1999 between C-Cube Microsystems and Harmonic Inc.
|
|
10
|
.14(ix)
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement between Harmonic Inc., as Borrower, and Silicon Valley
Bank, as Lender, dated as of December 16, 2005
|
|
10
|
.15(x)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and
Patrick Harshman, effective May 30, 2006
|
|
10
|
.16(xi)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger among Harmonic Inc., Edinburgh
Acquisition Corporation, Entone Technologies, Inc., Entone,
Inc., Entone Technologies (HK) Limited, Jim Jones, as
stockholders representative, and U.S. Bank, National
Association, as escrow agent, dated as of August 21, 2006
|
|
10
|
.17 (xii)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger among Harmonic
Inc., Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone Technologies,
Inc., Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK) Limited, Jim Jones,
as stockholders representative, and U.S. Bank, National
Association, as escrow agent, dated November 29, 2006
|
|
10
|
.18 (xix)
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
December 17, 2004, between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.19 (xiii)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2006, between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.20 (xiv)
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 15, 2007, between Harmonic Inc.
and Silicon Valley Bank
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.21 (xv)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and
Charles Bonasera, effective April 24, 2007
|
|
10
|
.22 (xv)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and
Neven Haltmayer, effective April 19, 2007
|
|
10
|
.23 (xvi)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger among Rhozet Corporation,
Dusseldorf Acquisition Corporation, Harmonic Inc. and David
Trescot, as shareholder representative, dated July 25, 2007
|
|
10
|
.24 (xvii)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2007 between Harmonic Inc.
and Merrill Lynch & Co
|
|
10
|
.25 (xviii)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated October 1, 2007,
between Harmonic Inc. and Matthew Aden
|
|
10
|
.26 (xix)
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, between Harmonic Inc.
and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.27 (xxiii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger among Harmonic Inc., Sunrise
Acquisition Ltd., and Scopus Video Networks Ltd., dated December
22, 2008
|
|
10
|
.28 (xxiv)*
|
|
Harmonic Inc. 2002 Director Stock Plan Restricted Stock
Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.29 (xxiv)**
|
|
Professional Service Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus
Services Corp., dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.30 (xxiv)**
|
|
Amendment, dated January 6, 2006, to the Professional Services
Agreement for Manufacturing between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus
Services Corp., dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.31 (xxiv)**
|
|
Addendum 1, dated November 26, 2007, to the Professional
Services Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus Services
Corp., dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.32 (xx)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and
Nimrod Ben-Natan, effective April 11, 2008
|
|
10
|
.33 (xxi)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and
Robin N. Dickson, effective June 3, 2008
|
|
10
|
.34 (xxv)*
|
|
Harmonic Inc. 1995 Stock Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.35 (xxv)
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement, dated March 4, 2009, between Harmonic Inc. and
Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.36 (xxvii)
|
|
Lease Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and CRP North First
Street, L.L.C. dated December 15, 2009
|
|
10
|
.37 (xxix)
|
|
Amendment No. 6 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement, dated March 4, 2010, between Harmonic Inc. and
Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.38 (xxx)*
|
|
Change of Control Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Carolyn V.
Aver, effective June 1, 2010
|
|
10
|
.39 (xxxi)*
|
|
Transition Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Robin N. Dickson,
effective June 15, 2010
|
|
10
|
.40 (xxxii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization among Harmonic Inc., Orinda
Acquisition Corporation, Orinda Acquisition, LLC, Omneon, Inc.
and Shareholder Representative Services, LLC, as Representative,
dated May 6, 2010
|
|
10
|
.41 (xxxiii)*
|
|
Omneon Video Networks, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan (as amended
through February 27, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.42 (xxxiii)*
|
|
Omneon, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.43
|
|
Lease Agreement between Omneon, Inc. and Headlands Realty
Corporation, dated February 22, 2008
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Harmonic Inc.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
101
|
|
|
The following materials from Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, formatted in
Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and December
31, 2009; (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008; (iii) Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for
the Years Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008, (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, December
31, 2009 and December 31, 2008; and (v) Notes to Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.
|
|
|
|
|
XBRL information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not
part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of
Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as
amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is
not subject to liability under these sections.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement relating to executive officers or directors of the
Company. |
|
i |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
No. 33-90752. |
|
ii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995. |
|
iii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 1999. |
|
iv |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000. |
|
v |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
No. 333-33148. |
|
vi |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001. |
|
vii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 25, 2002. |
|
viii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form S-8
dated June 5, 2003. |
|
ix |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 22, 2005. |
|
x |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 31, 2006. |
|
xi |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated August 25, 2006. |
|
xii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006. |
|
xiii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 21, 2006. |
|
xiv |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated March 22, 2007. |
|
xv |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 25, 2007. |
|
xvi |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 29, 2007. |
|
xvii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 2007. |
|
xviii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 13, 2007. |
|
xix |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007. |
|
xx |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 16, 2008. |
|
xxi |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated June 6, 2008. |
|
xxii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 10, 2008. |
|
xxiii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 24, 2008. |
105
|
|
|
xxiv |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008. |
|
xxv |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended April 3, 2009. |
|
xxvi |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form S-8
dated June 10, 2009. |
|
xxvii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 18, 2009. |
|
xxviii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated May 28, 2010. |
|
xxix |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
dated May 12, 2010. |
|
xxx |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated June 3, 2010. |
|
xxxi |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated June 18, 2010. |
|
xxxii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
dated August 10, 2010. |
|
xxxiii |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-8
dated September 21, 2010. |
106
exv10w43
Exhibit 10.43
R&D Lease
AMB Lakeside Business Center
Sunnyvale, California
Headlands Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation,
as Landlord,
and
Omneon Video Networks, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation,
as Tenant
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
Section |
|
|
Page |
|
1. Basic Provisions |
|
|
1 |
|
1.1 Parties |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 Premises |
|
|
1 |
|
1.3 Term |
|
|
1 |
|
1.4 Base Rent |
|
|
1 |
|
1.5 Tenants Share of Operating Expenses |
|
|
1 |
|
1.6 Tenants Estimated Monthly Rent Payment |
|
|
1 |
|
1.7 Security Deposit |
|
|
2 |
|
1.8 Permitted Use |
|
|
2 |
|
1.9 Guarantor |
|
|
2 |
|
1.10 Addenda |
|
|
2 |
|
1.11 Exhibits |
|
|
2 |
|
1.12 Address for Rent Payments |
|
|
2 |
|
1.13 Brokers |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Premises and Common Areas |
|
|
2 |
|
2.1 Letting |
|
|
2 |
|
2.2 Common Areas Definition |
|
|
2 |
|
2.3 Common Areas Tenants Rights |
|
|
2 |
|
2.4 Common Areas Rules and Regulations |
|
|
3 |
|
2.5 Common Area Changes |
|
|
3 |
|
2.6 Parking |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Term |
|
|
3 |
|
3.1 Term |
|
|
3 |
|
3.2 Delay in Possession |
|
|
3 |
|
3.3 Commencement Date Certificate |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Rent |
|
|
4 |
|
4.1 Base Rent |
|
|
4 |
|
4.2 Operating Expenses |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Security Deposit |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Use |
|
|
6 |
|
6.1 Permitted Use |
|
|
6 |
|
6.2 Hazardous Substances |
|
|
6 |
|
6.3 Tenants Compliance with Requirements |
|
|
8 |
|
6.4 Inspection; Compliance with Law |
|
|
8 |
|
6.5 Tenant Move-in Questionnaire |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Maintenance, Repairs, Trade Fixtures and Alterations |
|
|
9 |
|
7.1 Tenants Obligations |
|
|
9 |
|
7.2 Landlords Obligations |
|
|
9 |
|
7.3 Alterations |
|
|
9 |
|
7.4 Surrender/Restoration |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Insurance; Indemnity |
|
|
10 |
|
8.1 Payment of Premiums |
|
|
10 |
|
8.2 Tenants Insurance |
|
|
10 |
|
8.3 Landlords Insurance |
|
|
11 |
|
8.4 Waiver of Subrogation |
|
|
11 |
|
8.5 Indemnity |
|
|
11 |
|
8.6 Exemption of Landlord from Liability |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Damage or Destruction |
|
|
12 |
|
9.1 Termination Right |
|
|
12 |
|
9.2 Damage Caused by Tenant |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Real Property Taxes |
|
|
13 |
|
10.1 Payment of Real Property Taxes |
|
|
13 |
|
10.2 Real Property Tax Definition |
|
|
13 |
|
10.3 Additional Improvements |
|
|
13 |
|
10.4 Joint Assessment |
|
|
13 |
|
10.5 Tenants Property Taxes |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Utilities |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Assignment and Subleasing |
|
|
13 |
|
12.1 Prohibition |
|
|
13 |
|
12.2 Request for Consent |
|
|
14 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
Section |
|
|
Page |
|
12.3 Criteria for Consent |
|
|
14 |
|
12.4 Effectiveness of Transfer and Continuing Obligations |
|
|
14 |
|
12.5 Recapture |
|
|
15 |
|
12.6 Transfer Premium |
|
|
15 |
|
12.7 Waiver |
|
|
16 |
|
12.8 Special Transfer Prohibitions |
|
|
16 |
|
12.9 Affiliates |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Default; Remedies |
|
|
16 |
|
13.1 Default |
|
|
16 |
|
13.2 Remedies |
|
|
17 |
|
13.3 Late Charges |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Condemnation |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements |
|
|
20 |
|
15.1 Estoppel Certificate |
|
|
20 |
|
15.2 Financial Statement |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. Additional Covenants and Provisions |
|
|
20 |
|
16.1 Severability |
|
|
20 |
|
16.2 Interest on Past-Due Obligations |
|
|
20 |
|
16.3 Time of Essence |
|
|
20 |
|
16.4 Landlord Liability |
|
|
20 |
|
16.5 No Prior or Other Agreements |
|
|
20 |
|
16.6 Notice Requirements |
|
|
21 |
|
16.7 Date of Notice |
|
|
21 |
|
16.8 Waivers |
|
|
21 |
|
16.9 Holdover |
|
|
21 |
|
16.10 Cumulative Remedies |
|
|
21 |
|
16.11 Binding Effect: Choice of Law |
|
|
21 |
|
16.12 Landlord |
|
|
21 |
|
16.13 Attorneys Fees and Other Costs |
|
|
22 |
|
16.14 Landlords Access; Showing Premises; Repairs |
|
|
22 |
|
16.15 Signs |
|
|
22 |
|
16.16 Termination; Merger |
|
|
22 |
|
16.17 Quiet Possession |
|
|
22 |
|
16.18 Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance |
|
|
22 |
|
16.19 Rules and Regulations |
|
|
23 |
|
16.20 Security Measures |
|
|
23 |
|
16.21 Reservations |
|
|
23 |
|
16.22 Conflict |
|
|
23 |
|
16.23 Offer |
|
|
23 |
|
116.24 Amendments |
|
|
24 |
|
16.25 Multiple Parties |
|
|
24 |
|
16.26 Authority |
|
|
24 |
|
16.27 Recordation |
|
|
24 |
|
16.28 Confidentiality |
|
|
24 |
|
16.29 Landlord Renovations |
|
|
24 |
|
16.30 Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
24 |
|
16.31 Backup Generator |
|
|
24 |
|
16.32 Roof Space Equipment |
|
|
26 |
|
ii
Glossary
The following terms in the Lease are defined in the paragraphs opposite the terms.
|
|
|
Term |
|
Defined in Paragraph |
Addendum |
|
Addendum 2 |
Additional Rent |
|
4.1 |
Affiliates |
|
12.9 |
Alteration/Alterations |
|
7.3 |
Amortized Excess TI Costs |
|
Ex. F |
Applicable Requirements |
|
6.3 |
Appointment Notice |
|
Addendum 2 |
Architect |
|
Ex. F |
Base Rent |
|
1.4 |
Basic Provisions |
|
1 |
Brokers |
|
1.13 |
Building |
|
1.2 |
Building Standards |
|
Ex. F |
Code |
|
12.8 |
Commencement Date |
|
1.3 |
Commencement Date Certificate |
|
3.3 |
Common Areas |
|
2.2 |
Condemnation |
|
14 |
Construction Documents |
|
Ex. F |
Contractor |
|
Ex. F |
Default |
|
13.1 |
Early Possession |
|
Addendum 1 |
Early Possession Date |
|
1.3 |
Equipment |
|
16.32 |
Equipment Area |
|
16.31 |
Excess Tenant Improvement Costs |
|
Ex. F |
Expiration Date |
|
1.3 |
Extended Term |
|
Addendum 2 |
Fair Market Rental Rate |
|
Addendum 2 |
Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications |
|
Ex. F |
Generator Equipment |
|
16.31 |
HVAC |
|
4.2(a)(ix) |
Hazardous Substance |
|
6.2(a) |
Landlord |
|
1.1 |
Landlord Entities |
|
6.2(c) |
Landlord Response Period |
|
12.2 |
Landlords Determination Notice |
|
Addendum 2 |
Lease |
|
1.1 |
Lenders |
|
6.4 |
Mortgage |
|
16.18(a) |
Operating Expenses |
|
4.2 |
Option |
|
Addendum 2 |
Option Notice |
|
Addendum 2 |
Party/Parties |
|
1.1 |
Permitted Use |
|
1.8 |
Plans and Specifications |
|
12.3 |
Premises |
|
1.2 |
Preliminary Plans and Specifications |
|
Ex. F |
Prevailing Party |
|
16.13 |
Proposed Effective Date |
|
12.2 |
R&D Park |
|
1.2 |
Real Property Taxes |
|
10.2 |
Recorded Matters |
|
7.3 |
Renovations |
|
16.29 |
Rent |
|
4.1 |
Reportable Use |
|
6.2 |
iii
|
|
|
Term |
|
Defined in Paragraph |
Requesting Party |
|
15.1 |
Responding Party |
|
15.1 |
Roof Space |
|
16.32 |
Rules and Regulations |
|
2.4, 16.19 |
Second Response Period |
|
12.2 |
Subject Space |
|
12.2 |
Tenant |
|
1.1 |
Tenant Acts |
|
9.2 |
Tenant Improvement Allowance |
|
Ex. F |
Tenant Improvement Costs |
|
Ex. F |
Tenant Improvements |
|
Ex. F |
Tenant Move-In Questionnaire |
|
6.5 |
Tenants Broker |
|
Addendum 2 |
Tenants Entities |
|
6.2(c) |
Tenants Notice |
|
12.2 |
Tenants Share |
|
1.5 |
Term |
|
1.3 |
Transfer Premium |
|
12.6 |
Transferee |
|
12.1 |
Transferee Hazmat Certificate |
|
12.4 |
Transfers |
|
12.1 |
Utility Expenses |
|
11 |
iv
AMB Property Corporation
R&D Lease
1. Basic Provisions (Basic Provisions).
1.1 Parties. This Lease (Lease) dated February ___, 2008, is made by and between
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (Landlord) and Omneon Video Networks, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (Tenant) (collectively, the Parties or individually, a Party).
1.2 Premises. The premises (Premises), which are the subject of this Lease, are
located in the R&D park commonly known as the AMB Lakeside Business Center (the R&D Park). The
Premises are:
All of the building (Building) identified on Exhibit A, consisting of approximately
68,608 rentable square feet and commonly known as 1237-1239 East Arques Avenue, Sunnyvale,
California.
If the Premises are all of the Building, there shall, for purposes of this Lease, be no distinction
between the words Premises or Building. Tenant shall have nonexclusive rights to the Common
Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.2 below) but shall not have any rights to the roof (except as set
forth in Paragraph 16.32), exterior walls, or utility raceways of the Building or to any other
buildings in the R&D Park. The R&D Park consists of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas,
the land upon which they are located, and all other improvements within the boundaries of the R&D
Park, which are identified on Exhibit A.
1.3 Term. The Early Possession Date shall be February 15, 2008 if on such date
possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant, or the first date after the Early Possession
Date on which possession is tendered to Tenant, as more particularly described in Addendum 1. The
Commencement Date shall be the one hundred twentieth (120th) day after the Early
Possession Date. The Term shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the day immediately
preceding the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (Term). The last day
of the Term is referred to as the Expiration Date (Expiration Date).
1.4 Base Rent. Base Monthly Rent (Base Rent) shall be payable as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months |
Base Rent Rate/Month |
Monthly Base Rent |
0-2 |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
3-12 |
|
$ |
1.70 |
|
|
$ |
116,633.60 |
|
|
13-24 |
|
$ |
1.75 |
|
|
$ |
120,064.00 |
|
|
25-36 |
|
$ |
1.80 |
|
|
$ |
123,494.40 |
|
|
37-48 |
|
$ |
1.86 |
|
|
$ |
127,610.88 |
|
|
49-60 |
|
$ |
1.91 |
|
|
$ |
131,041.28 |
|
|
1.5 Tenants Share of Operating Expenses (Tenants Share). 100%
1.6 Tenants Estimated Monthly Rent Payment. Following is the estimated monthly Rent
payment to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. This estimate is made at the
inception of the Lease and is subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The
Estimated Total Monthly Payment, set forth below, shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease
for the first month of the Lease Term.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Base Rent (Paragraph 4.1) |
|
$ |
116,633.60 |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Operating Expenses (Paragraph 4.2, excluding Real Property Taxes, Landlord Insurance, and HVAC) |
|
$ |
8,233.00 |
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Landlord Insurance (Paragraph 8.3) |
|
$ |
2,058.00 |
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Real Property Taxes (Paragraph 10) |
|
$ |
13,722.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Total Monthly Payment |
|
$ |
140,646.60 |
|
1
1.7 Security Deposit. $131,041.28.
1.8 Permitted Use (Permitted Use). General office, administrative, research and
development, shipping and receiving products and equipment incidental to the business of Tenant,
but only to the extent permitted by the City in which the Premises are located and all agencies and
governmental authorities having jurisdiction of the Premises.
1.9 Guarantor. N/A
1.10 Addenda. Attached hereto are the following Addenda, all of which constitute a
part of this Lease:
|
(a) |
|
Addendum 1: Early Possession and Inducement Recapture |
|
|
(b) |
|
Addendum 2: Option to Extend |
1.11 Exhibits. Attached hereto are the following Exhibits, all of which constitute a
part of this Lease:
|
|
|
Exhibit A: Description of Premises and R&D Park. |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B: Commencement Date Certificate. |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C: Tenant Move-in and Lease Renewal Environmental Questionnaire |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit D: Move Out Standards |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit E: Rules and Regulations |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit F: Tenant Improvements |
1.12 Address for Rent Payments. All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord shall,
until further notice from Landlord, be paid to Landlord at the following address:
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation
c/o AMB Property Corporation
P.O. Box 6156
Hicksville, NY 11802-6156
1.13 Brokers. Tenant represents that it has not dealt with any real estate brokers or
agents other than Craig L. Fordyce and Michael L. Rosendin of Colliers International representing
Landlord and Brian McCorduck of Cushman & Wakefield and Steve Levere of Jones Lang LaSalle
representing Tenant (collectively, the Brokers). The Brokers shall receive commissions pursuant
to a separate listing agreement with Landlord.
2. Premises and Common Areas.
2.1 Letting. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord
the Premises upon all of the terms, covenants, and conditions, set forth in this Lease. Any
statement of square footage set forth in this Lease or that may have been used in calculating Base
Rent and/or Operating Expenses is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable,
and the Base Rent and Tenants Share based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the
actual square footage is more or less. Tenant accepts the Premises in its present As-Is
condition, state of repair and operating order, except that Landlord shall deliver the Premises to
Tenant with all Building systems, excluding the HVAC system, in good condition and repair. The
Buildings HVAC system shall be delivered in its present AS-IS condition, state or repair and
operating order.
2.2 Common Areas Definition. Common Areas are all areas and facilities outside
the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the R&D Park and interior utility raceways
within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Landlord from time to time for the
general nonexclusive use of
Landlord, Tenant, and other tenants of the R&D Park and their respective employees, suppliers,
shippers, tenants, contractors, and invitees.
2.3 Common Areas Tenants Rights. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit
of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers, and invitees,
2
during the
term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the
Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges
reserved by Landlord under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or
covenants, conditions, and restrictions governing the use of the R&D Park.
2.4 Common Areas Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall have the exclusive control
and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish,
modify, amend, and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with
Paragraph 16.19.
2.5 Common Area Changes. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlords sole
discretion, from time to time:
(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the
locations, size, shape, and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading
and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, and utility
raceways, provided that the changes to the parking spaces will be made in accordance with Paragraph
2.6;
(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as
reasonable access to the Premises remains available;
(c) To add improvements to the Common Areas;
(d) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs, or
alterations to the R&D Park, or any portion thereof; and
(e) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to, or with respect to
the Common Areas and R&D Park as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to
be appropriate.
2.6 Parking. Tenant may use 247 undesignated vehicle parking spaces, on an unreserved
and unassigned basis, on those portions of the Common Areas designated by Landlord for such parking
without additional charge. Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to ensure that such spaces
are available to Tenant for its use, but Landlord shall not be required to enforce Tenants right
to use the same. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than such number. Such parking spaces
shall be used only for parking by vehicles no larger than full sized passenger automobiles or
pick-up trucks and, subject to Applicable Requirements, Tenant and Tenants Representatives may
park vehicles overnight. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are
controlled by Tenant or Tenants employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be
loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.
If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described herein, then Landlord shall
have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to
remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be
immediately payable as additional rent upon demand by Landlord. Landlord may not reduce the number
of parking spaces but may change the configuration of the parking areas at any time, and may assign
reserved parking spaces to any tenant, in Landlords sole discretion.
3. Term.
3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date, and Term of this Lease are as
specified in Paragraph 1.3.
3.2 Delay in Possession. If for any reason the Early Possession Date has not occurred
on or before April 1, 2008, Tenant may terminate and cancel this Lease by written notice delivered
to Landlord no later than April 10, 2008, which notice shall be effective upon receipt. In the
event of such termination, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant all amounts previously paid by
Tenant to Landlord. Except as otherwise set forth in this Paragraph 3.2, Landlord shall not be
subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the
obligations of Tenant hereunder. In such case, Tenant shall not, except as
3
otherwise provided
herein, be obligated to pay Rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under the terms of this
Lease until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant.
3.3 Commencement Date Certificate. Upon Landlords delivery of the Premises to
Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver to the other a completed certificate
(Commencement Date Certificate) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
4. Rent.
4.1 Base Rent. Except as set forth in Paragraph 4.2 below, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord Base Rent and other monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this
Lease (such other monetary obligations are herein referred to as Additional Rent) in lawful money
of the United States, without offset or deduction, in advance on or before the first
(1st) day of each month of the Term; provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to
pay Base Rent for the first two (2) full months of the Term. Base Rent and Additional Rent for any
period during the Term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon
the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be
made to Landlord at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses
as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant. Base Rent and Additional Rent
are collectively referred to as Rent. All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the
terms of this Lease are deemed to be Rent. Tenant shall pay one months Base Rent and Additional
Rent upon Tenants execution and delivery of this Lease, which amount shall be credited to the Base
Rent and Additional Rent first coming due hereunder.
4.2 Operating Expenses. In accordance with Addendum 1 to this Lease, commencing on
the earlier of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant first conducts its business upon the
Premises and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each month during the Term, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenants Share of all Operating Expenses in
accordance with the following provisions.
(a) Operating Expenses are all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the ownership and/or
operation of the R&D Park, Building, and Premises including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) Expenses relating to the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement and/or
operation of the Common Areas within the R&D Park, including, without limitation, parking areas,
loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, rail
spurs, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, drainage systems, lighting
facilities, fences and gates, exterior signs, and/or tenant directories.
(ii) Water, gas, electricity, telephone, and other utilities not paid for directly by tenants
of the R&D Park.
(iii) Trash disposal, snow removal, janitorial, security and the management and administration
of any and all portions of the R&D Park, including, without limitation, a property management fee,
accounting, auditing, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for clerical and supervisory
employees, whether located at the R&D Park or off-site, payroll taxes and legal and accounting
costs and all fees, licenses and permits related to the operation and management of the R&D Park.
(iv) Real Property Taxes with respect to the R&D Park.
(v) Premiums and all applicable deductibles for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord
under Paragraph 8 below; provided, however, any deductibles for earthquake
insurance shall be amortized over the greater of the remaining months in the Term or eighty four
(84) months, and Tenant shall pay Tenants Share of such monthly amortized amount as follows: the
monthly amortization shall be the sum of (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the amount of the
deductible by the greater of the remaining months in the Term or eighty four (84) months, plus (b)
interest on such amount at a rate equal to the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum
annual interest rate permitted by law.
4
(vi) Environmental monitoring and insurance programs with respect to the R&D Park.
(vii) Monthly amortization of capital improvements to any portion of the R&D Park which are
not expensed by Landlord. The monthly amortization of any such capital improvement shall be the
sum of the (a) quotient obtained by dividing the cost of the capital improvement by the number of
months of useful life of such improvement (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles) plus (b) an amount equal to the cost of the capital improvement times 1/12
of the lesser of 10% or the maximum annual interest rate permitted by law.
(viii) Maintenance of the R&D Park, including, but not limited to, painting, caulking, and
repair and replacement of Building components, including, but not limited to, roof membrane,
elevators, and fire detection and sprinkler systems.
(ix) Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems (HVAC) the costs for which are not
the sole responsibility of Tenant; provided, if any HVAC replacement is required, the provisions of
clause (vii) above shall apply to the extent such replacement constitutes a capital improvement.
(b) Intentionally omitted.
(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities, and services set forth in Subparagraph
4.2(a) shall not impose any obligation upon Landlord either to have said improvements or facilities
or to provide those services.
(d) Tenant shall pay monthly in advance, on the same day that the Base Rent is due, Tenants
Share of the expenses set forth in Paragraph 1.6. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within 90 days
after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenants Share
of the actual expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Tenants estimated payments under
this Paragraph 4(d) during the preceding year exceed Tenants Share as indicated on said statement,
Tenant shall be credited the amount of such overpayment against Tenants Share of expenses next
becoming due. If Tenants estimated payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding
year were less than Tenants Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement. At
any time Landlord may adjust the amount of the estimated Tenants Share of expenses to reflect
Landlords reasonable estimate of such expenses for the year, provided that prior to the effective
date of such adjustment, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a reasonably detailed written explanation
of such adjustment.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of this Lease, the
term Operating Expenses shall not include the following: (i) costs (including permit, license,
and inspection fees) incurred in renovating, improving, decorating, painting, or redecorating
vacant space within the R&D Park; (ii) legal and auditing fees (other than those fees reasonably
incurred in connection with the ownership and operation of all or any portion of the R&D Park);
(iii) leasing commissions, advertising expenses, and other costs incurred in connection with the
original leasing of the R&D Park or future re-leasing of any portion of the R&D Park; (iv)
depreciation of the Building or any other improvements situated within the R&D Park; (v) any items
for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by any person including insurers; (vi) costs of repairs
or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty (provided any deductibles shall be
an Operating Expense to the extent set forth in Section 4.2(a) above) and/or
costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to
the extent insurance proceeds or a condemnation award, as applicable, is actually received by
Landlord for such purposes; provided, such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the
parties in accordance with the provisions of Sections 7, 8 and 9 below; (vii) other than any
interest charges as expressly provided for in this Lease, any interest or payments on any financing
for any portion of the R&D Park, interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlords late
payment of any invoice (provided that Tenant pays Tenants Share of expenses to Landlord when due
as set forth herein), and any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for same; (viii) any payments
under a ground lease or master lease; (ix) capital improvements not described in clause (a)(vii)
above; (x) fines, interest and penalties due to late payments made by
5
Landlord; and (xi) the cost
of investigating, removing or otherwise remediating Hazardous Substances not caused to be present
by Tenant or any of Tenants Entities (defined below).
(f) After delivery to Landlord of at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, Tenant, at
its sole cost and expense through any accountant designated by it, shall have the right to examine
and/or audit the books and records evidencing such expenses for the previous one (1) calendar year,
during Landlords reasonable business hours but not more frequently than once during any calendar
year. Tenant may not compensate any such accountant on a contingency fee basis. The results of
any such audit (and any negotiations between the parties related thereto) shall be maintained
strictly confidential by Tenant, its lawyers and its accounting firm and shall not be disclosed,
published or otherwise disseminated to any other party other than to Landlord and its authorized
agents, except as otherwise required by Applicable Requirements or court order. Landlord and
Tenant each shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in such negotiations and to
promptly resolve any discrepancies between Landlord and Tenant in the accounting of such expenses.
If through such audit it is determined that there is a discrepancy of more than five percent (5%)
in the total of actual Operating Expenses, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable
accounting costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in performing such audit, including Tenants
in-house or outside auditors or accountants, such costs and expenses not to exceed $2,500.00.
Landlord and Tenant shall pay or reimburse, within thirty (30) days following completion of such
audit, the other for any underpayment or overpayment of Operating Expenses.
5. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon Tenants execution hereof the
Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Tenants faithful performance of
Tenants obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent or
otherwise defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Landlord may use the Security
Deposit for the payment of any amount due Landlord or to reimburse or compensate Landlord for any
liability, cost, expense, loss, or damage (including attorneys fees) which Landlord may suffer or
incur by reason thereof. Tenant shall on demand pay Landlord the amount so used or applied so as
to restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth in Paragraph 1.7. Landlord shall not be
required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts.
Landlord shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof and after Tenant has
vacated the Premises, return to Tenant that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by
Landlord. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear
interest, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.
6. Use.
6.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted
Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8. Tenant shall not commit any nuisance, permit the emission of any
objectionable noise or odor, suffer any waste, make any use of the Premises which is contrary to
any law or ordinance, or which will invalidate or increase the premiums for any of Landlords
insurance. Tenant shall not service, maintain, or repair vehicles on the Premises, Building, or
Common Areas. Tenant shall not store foods, pallets, drums, or any other materials outside the
Premises. Tenants use is subject to, and at all times Tenant shall comply with any
and all Applicable Requirements, defined below, related to Tenants specific use of the Premises.
Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent of Tenant,
such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems reasonably necessary, and to cause the
recordation of parcel or subdivision maps and/or restrictions, so long as such easements, rights,
dedications, maps and restrictions, as applicable, do not materially and adversely interfere with
Tenants operations in the Premises. Tenant
agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements,
rights, dedications, maps or restrictions. Tenant shall not initiate, submit an application for,
or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises or any
other portion of the R&D Park, including without limitation, any variance, conditional use permit
or rezoning, without first obtaining Landlords prior written consent thereto, which consent may be
given or withheld in Landlords sole discretion.
6.2 Hazardous Substances.
6
(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term, Hazardous Substance, as used in this
Lease, shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material, or waste whose presence, nature,
quantity, and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill,
release, or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the
Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the
environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a
basis for potential liability of Landlord to any governmental agency or third party under any
applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to,
hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil, or any products or by-products thereof. Tenant shall
not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as
hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Landlord
and compliance in a timely manner (at Tenants sole cost and expense) with all Applicable
Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). Reportable Use shall mean (i) the installation or
use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use,
transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect
to which a report, notice, registration, or business plan is required to be filed with, any
governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on, or about the Premises of a Hazardous
Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements require that a notice be given to
persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlords prior consent, but upon notice to Landlord and in
compliance with all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably
required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is not
a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk
of contamination or damage, or expose Landlord to any liability therefor. In addition, Landlord
may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any
Hazardous Substance by Tenant upon Tenants giving Landlord such additional assurances as Landlord,
in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises, and the
environment against damage, contamination, injury, and/or liability therefor, including but not
limited to the installation (and, at Landlords option, removal on or before Lease expiration or
earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Premises (such as
concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit.
(b) Duty to Inform Landlord. If Tenant knows that a Hazardous Substance is located
in, under, or about the Premises or the Building, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written
notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application,
permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any
governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or
exposure to such Hazardous Substance. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to
be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through
the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).
(c) Tenant Indemnification. Except to the extent caused by the gross active or gross passive
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Entity (as defined below) Tenant shall
indemnify, protect, defend, and hold Landlord, Landlords affiliates, Lenders, and the officers,
directors, shareholders, partners, employees, managers, independent contractors, attorneys, and
agents of the foregoing (Landlord Entities) and the Premises harmless from and against any and
all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits,
and attorneys and consultants fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought
onto the Premises by or for Tenant or by any of Tenants employees, agents, contractors, servants,
visitors, suppliers, or invitees (such employees, agents, contractors, servants, visitors,
suppliers, and invitees as herein collectively referred to as Tenant Entities). Tenants
obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall include,
but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property, or the
environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation (including consultants
and attorneys fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of
any contamination therein involved. Tenants obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall survive
the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease.
(d) Tenants Exculpation. Tenant shall neither be liable for nor otherwise obligated
to Landlord under any provision of this Lease with respect to (i) any claim, remediation
obligation, investigation obligation, liability, cause of action, attorneys fees, consultants
cost,
7
expense or damage resulting from any Hazardous Substance present in, on or about the
Premises, the Building or the R&D Park to the extent neither caused nor otherwise permitted,
directly or indirectly, by Tenant or the Tenant Entities; or (ii) the removal, investigation,
monitoring or remediation of any Hazardous Substance present in, on or about the Premises, the
Building or the R&D Park caused by any source, including third parties other than Tenant and the
Tenant Entities, as a result of or in connection with the acts or omissions of persons other than
Tenant or the Tenant Entities; provided, however, Tenant shall be fully liable for
and otherwise obligated to Landlord under the provisions of this Lease for all liabilities, costs,
damages, penalties, claims, judgments, expenses (including without limitation, attorneys and
experts fees and costs) and losses to the extent (A) Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities
exacerbates the conditions caused by such Hazardous Substances, or (B) Tenant and/or the Tenant
Entities allows or permits persons over which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities has control
and/or for which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities are legally responsible for, to cause such
Hazardous Substances to be present in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the
Building or the R&D Park, or does not take all reasonably appropriate actions to prevent such
persons over which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities has control and/or for which Tenant or any
of the Tenant Entities are legally responsible from causing the presence of Hazardous Substances
in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the Building or the R&D Park.
6.3 Tenants Compliance with Requirements. Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost and
expense, fully, diligently, and in a timely manner comply with all Applicable Requirements, which
term is used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants,
easements, and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance
underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Landlords engineers and/or consultants,
relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (a)
industrial hygiene, (b) environmental conditions on, in, under, or about the Premises, including
soil and groundwater conditions, and (c) the use, generation, manufacture, production,
installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous
Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Tenant shall, within 5 days
after receipt of Landlords written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents and
information evidencing Tenants compliance with any Applicable Requirements, and shall immediately
upon receipt notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened
or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint, or report pertaining to or involving failure
by Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.
6.4 Inspection; Compliance with Law. In addition to Landlords environmental
monitoring and insurance program, the cost of which is included in Operating Expenses, Landlord and
the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust, or ground leases on the Premises (Lenders) shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at
reasonable times and after giving reasonable advance notice (not to exceed 24 hours), for the
purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Tenant with
this Lease and all Applicable Requirements. Landlord shall be entitled to employ experts and/or
consultants in connection therewith to advise Landlord with respect to Tenants installation,
operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the
Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting
same unless a violation of Applicable Requirements by Tenant or a Tenant Entity exists or is
imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority.
Tenant shall upon request reimburse Landlord or Landlords Lender, as the case may be, for the
costs and expenses of such inspections in the event of a violation of Applicable Requirements by
Tenant or a Tenant Entity is found to exist.
6.5 Tenant Move-in Questionnaire. Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has
completed, executed and delivered to Landlord Tenants Move-in and Lease Renewal Environmental
Questionnaire (the Tenant Move-in Questionnaire), a copy of which is attached hereto as
Exhibit C and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant covenants, represents and
warrants to Landlord that the information on the Tenant Move-in Questionnaire is true and correct
and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Substances which will be made and/or used on the
Premises by Tenant.
6.6 Landlord Indemnification. With respect to only those Hazardous Substances present
on, in or under the R&D Park as of the date of this Lease (the Existing Hazardous
8
Substances),
Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant
harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities,
losses, suits, administrative proceedings and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable
attorneys and consultant fees and court costs), arising at any time during the Term of this Lease,
to the extent arising from (1) any of the Existing Hazardous Substances and/or (2) the removal,
investigation, monitoring or remediation of any of the Existing Hazardous Substances; provided,
however, Landlord shall not indemnify, defend or hold Tenant harmless to the extent (x) Tenant or
any of the Tenant Entities contributes to or has contributed to the presence of such Existing
Hazardous Substances or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Entities exacerbates the conditions caused
by such Existing Hazardous Substances, or (y) Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Entities allows or
permits persons over which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities has control and/or for which Tenant
or any of the Tenant Entities are legally responsible for, to cause such Existing Hazardous
Substances to be present in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the Building
or the R&D Park, or does not take all reasonably appropriate actions to prevent such persons over
which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities has control and/or for which Tenant or any of the Tenant
Entities are legally responsible from causing the presence of Existing Hazardous Substances in, on,
under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the Building or the R&D Park.
7. Maintenance, Repairs, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.
7.1 Tenants Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2 (Landlords
Obligations), Paragraph 9 (Damage or Destruction), and Paragraph 14 (Condemnation), Tenant shall,
at Tenants sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in
good order, condition, and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or
the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Tenant and whether or not
the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenants use, any prior use, the elements, or the
age of such portion of the Premises) including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating,
ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure
vessels, fire hose connectors if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces
of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any
items which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Tenants
obligations shall include restorations, replacements, or renewals when necessary to keep the
Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition, and state of
repair. Tenant shall also be solely responsible for the cost of all repairs and replacements
caused by the negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct by Tenant or Tenants
employees, contractors, agents, guests or invitees. If Tenant refuses or neglects to perform its
obligations under this paragraph to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord may, but
without obligation to do so, at any time perform the same without Landlord having any liability to
Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenants Property or to Tenants business by
reason thereof. If Landlord performs any such obligations, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as
Additional Rent, Landlords costs and expenses incurred therefor.
7.2 Landlords Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6 (Use), Paragraph
7.1 (Tenants Obligations), Paragraph 9 (Damage or Destruction), and Paragraph 14 (Condemnation),
Landlord, at its expense and not subject to the reimbursement requirements of Paragraph 4.2, shall
maintain and repair the roof structure, foundations and the structure of the exterior walls of the
Building. Landlord, subject to
reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall maintain and repair the Building roof membrane,
Common Areas, and utility systems within the R&D Park which are outside of the Premises.
7.3 Alterations. Tenant shall not install any signs, fixtures, improvements, nor make
or permit any other alterations or additions (individually, an Alteration, and collectively, the
Alterations) to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, except for any
non-structural Alteration that, on a per project basis, costs less than Fifty Thousand Dollars
($50,000.00) and which does not affect the Building systems or the structural integrity or
structural components of the Premises or the Building. In all events, Tenant shall deliver at
least ten (10) days prior notice to Landlord, from the date Tenant intends to commence
construction, sufficient to enable Landlord to post a Notice of Non-Responsibility and Tenant shall
obtain all permits or other governmental approvals prior to commencing any of such work and deliver
a
9
copy of same to Landlord. All Alterations shall be at Tenants sole cost and expense in
accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in
writing by Landlord, and shall be installed by a licensed, insured, and bonded contractor
(reasonably approved by Landlord) in compliance with all Applicable Requirements (including, but
not limited to, the ADA), and all recorded matters (Recorded Matters) and rules and regulations
of the R&D Park. In addition, all work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and
workmanlike manner. Landlords approval of any plans, specifications or working drawings for
Tenants Alterations shall not create nor impose any responsibility or liability on the part of
Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with any Applicable
Requirements. At the time of approval, if requested to do so by Tenant in writing at such time,
Landlord will inform Tenant if Landlord requires Tenant to remove such Alteration upon termination
or expiration of the Lease. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the
work performed in such a manner as not to obstruct access to the R&D Park, or the Common Areas for
any other tenant of the R&D Park, and as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants
in the R&D Park, or interfere with the labor force working in the R&D Park. As Additional Rent
hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, for actual legal,
engineering, architectural, planning and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with
Tenants Alterations. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry Builders All Risk
insurance, in an amount approved by Landlord and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it
being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant in accordance
with the terms of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Tenant shall keep the Premises
and the property on which the Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work
performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall,
prior to construction of any and all Alterations, cause its contractor(s) and/or major
subcontractor(s) to provide insurance as reasonably required by Landlord, and Tenant shall provide
such assurances to Landlord, including without limitation, waivers of lien, surety company
performance bonds as Landlord shall require to assure payment of the costs thereof to protect
Landlord and the R&D Park from and against any loss from any mechanics, materialmens or other
liens.
7.4 Surrender/Restoration. Tenant shall surrender the Premises by the end of the last
day of the Lease Term or any earlier termination date, clean and free of debris and in the
condition originally received from Landlord, ordinary wear and tear excepted and in accordance with
the Move Out Standards set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease. Without limiting the
generality of the above, Tenant shall remove all personal property, trade fixtures, and floor
bolts, patch all floors, and cause all lights to be in the condition delivered to Tenant. Tenants
obligation to remove Alterations on the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall be
governed by the terms of Paragraph 7.3. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term,
Tenant shall not be required to remove those Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit F
hereto) shown on the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications (as defined in Exhibit F
hereto); provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant remove any Tenant
Improvements not shown on the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications; provided, further, in the
event Tenant requests in writing, at the time Tenant delivers to Landlord for Landlords approval
the Final Plans and Specifications, Construction Documents or any changes to the Construction
Documents, that Landlord specify which of the Tenant Improvements shown therein Landlord shall
require to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord agrees to so
specify those Tenant Improvements shown therein which Landlord shall require to be removed.
8. Insurance; Indemnity.
8.1 Payment of Premiums and Deductibles. The cost of the premiums and all applicable
deductibles, to the extent set forth in Paragraph 4.2, for the insurance policies maintained by
Landlord under this Paragraph 8 shall be an Operating Expense reimbursable pursuant to Paragraph
4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this
Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date and Expiration Date.
8.2 Tenants Insurance.
10
(a) At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect during the
Term of the Lease the following insurance coverages insuring against claims which may arise from or
in connection with the Tenants operation and use of the Premises.
(i) Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence
and $3,000,000 general aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. If
required by Landlord, liquor liability coverage will be included. Such insurance shall be endorsed
to include Landlord and Landlord Entities as additional insureds, shall be primary and
noncontributory with any Landlord insurance, and shall provide severability of interests between or
among insureds.
(ii) Workers Compensation insurance with statutory limits and Employers Liability with a
$1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury or disease.
(iii) Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, nonowned, and hired vehicles with a
$1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury and property damage.
(iv) Property insurance against all risks at least as broad as the current ISO Special Form
policy (and Tenant shall not be obligated to carry flood or earthquake coverage provided Tenant
agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or loss arising from flood or earthquake
and Tenant waives and releases Landlord from all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments
and costs arising from or related to Tenants failure to carry such flood or earthquake coverage),
for loss to any tenant improvements or betterments, floor and wall coverings, and business personal
property on a full insurable replacement cost basis with no coinsurance clause, and Business Income
insurance covering at least six months of loss of income and continuing expense.
(b) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of all insurance reflecting evidence of
required coverages prior to initial occupancy, and annually thereafter.
(c) If, in the opinion of Landlords insurance advisor, the amount or scope of such coverage
is deemed inadequate at any time during the Term, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt
of Landlords written notice regarding same, increase such coverage to such reasonable amounts or
scope as Landlords advisor deems adequate, provided that such additional coverage shall be
consistent with coverage customarily required to be carried for similar types of buildings within
the vicinity of the R&D Park.
(d) All insurance required under Paragraph 8.2 (i) shall be issued by insurers licensed to do
business in the state in which the Premises are located and which are rated A:VII or better by
Bests Key Rating Guide and (ii) shall be endorsed to provide at least 30-days prior notification
of cancellation or material change in coverage to said additional insureds.
8.3 Landlords Insurance. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, maintain risk
of direct physical loss property damage insurance coverage, including earthquake and flood,
covering the buildings within the R&D Park, Commercial General Liability insurance, and such other
insurance in such amounts and covering such other liability or hazards as deemed appropriate by
Landlord. The amount and scope of coverage of Landlords insurance shall be determined by Landlord
from time to time in its sole discretion and shall be subject to such deductible amounts as
Landlord may elect. Landlord shall have the right to reduce or terminate any insurance or
coverage.
8.4 Waiver of Subrogation. To the extent permitted by law and with permission of
their insurance carriers, Landlord and Tenant each waive any right to recover against the other on
account of any and all claims Landlord or Tenant may have against the other with respect to
property insurance actually carried, or required to be carried hereunder, to the extent of the
proceeds realized from such insurance coverage.
8.5 Indemnity. Except to the extent caused by the gross active or gross passive
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlords employees or agents, Tenant shall
protect, defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and Landlord Entities harmless from and against any
and all loss, claims, liability, or costs (including court costs and attorneys fees) incurred by
reason of:
11
(a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity)
or death, bodily, or personal injury to any person occurring in or about the Premises, the
Building, or the R&D Park to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from
any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, omission or misconduct by or of Tenant, its agents,
servants, employees, invitees, contractors, suppliers, subtenants, or visitors;
(b) the conduct or management of any work or anything whatsoever done by the Tenant on or
about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises;
(c) Tenants failure to comply with any and all Applicable Requirements relating to the
condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or
(d) any Default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement to be
performed pursuant to this Lease.
The provisions of this Paragraph 8.5 shall, with respect to any claims or liability accruing
prior to such termination, survive the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease.
8.6 Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Except to the extent caused by the gross
active or gross passive negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlords employees or
agents, neither Landlord nor Landlord Entities shall be liable for and Tenant waives any claims
against Landlord and Landlord Entities for injury or damage to the person or the property of
Tenant, Tenants employees, contractors, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the
Premises, Building or R&D Park from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, damage or
injury which is caused by or results from (i) fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from
the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances,
plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning or lighting fixtures or (ii) from the condition of
the Premises, other portions of the Building or R&D Park. Landlord shall not be liable for any
damages arising from any act or neglect (passive or active) of any other tenants of Landlord or any
subtenant or assignee of such other tenants nor from the failure by Landlord to enforce the
provisions of any other lease in the R&D Park. Notwithstanding Landlords negligence (active or
passive), gross negligence (active or passive), or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall under no
circumstances be liable for (a) injury to Tenants business, for any loss of income or profit
therefrom or any indirect, consequential or punitive damages or (b) any damage to property or
injury to persons arising from any act of God or war, violence or insurrection, including, but not
limited to, those caused by earthquakes, hurricanes, storms, drought, floods, acts of terrorism,
and/or riots.
9. Damage or Destruction.
9.1 Termination Right. If the Premises are damaged in whole or in part by fire, the
elements, or any other cause whatsoever, then Landlord shall restore the same to substantially the
same condition existing immediately prior to such damage, unless the Lease is terminated by
Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 9.1. Tenant shall give Landlord immediate written
notice of any damage to the Premises. Within sixty (60) days following such damage, Landlord shall
inform Tenant in writing of Landlords estimate of the time required to complete repairs to the
Premises. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.2, if the Premises or the Building shall be
damaged to such an extent that there is
substantial interference for a period exceeding one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days with the
conduct by Tenant of its business at the Premises, then either party, at any time prior to
commencement of repair of the Premises and following ten (10) days written notice to the other
party, may terminate this Lease effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice to the
other party. Further, if any portion of the Premises is damaged and is not fully covered by the
aggregate of insurance proceeds received by Landlord and any applicable deductible or if the holder
of any indebtedness secured by the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such
indebtedness, and Tenant does not voluntarily contribute any shortfall thereof to Landlord, then
Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination
to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to Tenant of any such event.
Additionally, if the repair of any such damage is not completed within one hundred eighty (180)
days (regardless of the time estimated for completion of the repairs), Tenant shall have the right
to terminate this Lease by delivering
12
written notice thereof to Landlord within thirty (30) days
after the expiration of the 180-day period, with any such termination effective thirty (30) days
after delivery of the notice of termination, unless all such repairs are completed within such
latter thirty (30) day period. Such termination shall not excuse the performance by Tenant of
those covenants which under the terms hereof survive termination. Rent shall be abated in
proportion to the degree of interference during the period that there is such substantial
interference with the conduct of Tenants business at the Premises. Abatement of rent and Tenants
right of termination pursuant to this provision shall be Tenants sole remedy with respect to any
such damage regardless of the cause thereof.
9.2 Damage Caused by Tenant. Tenants termination rights under Paragraph 9.1 shall
not apply if the damage to the Premises or Building is the result of any act or omission of Tenant
or of any of Tenants agents, employees, customers, invitees, or contractors.
10. Real Property Taxes.
10.1 Payment of Real Property Taxes. Landlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes due
and payable during the term of this Lease and, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, such
payments shall be an Operating Expense reimbursable pursuant to Paragraph 4.2.
10.2 Real Property Tax Definition. As used herein, the term Real Property Taxes is
any form of tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary, imposed or levied upon
(a) the R&D Park or Building, (b) any interest of Landlord in the R&D Park or Building, (c)
Landlords right to rent or other income from the R&D Park or Building, and/or (d) Landlords
business of leasing the Premises. Real Property Taxes include (a) any license fee, commercial
rental tax, excise tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy, or tax; (b) any tax or charge which
replaces or is in addition to any of such above-described Real Property Taxes, and (c) any fees,
expenses, or costs (including attorneys fees, expert fees, and the like) incurred by Landlord in
protesting or contesting any assessments levied or any tax rate. Real Property Taxes for tax years
commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with
the corresponding Commencement Date and Expiration Date.
10.3 Additional Improvements. Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property
Taxes attributable to improvements placed upon the R&D Park by other tenants or by Landlord for the
exclusive enjoyment of such other tenants. Tenant shall, however, pay to Landlord at the time
Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property
Taxes if assessed by reason of improvements placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenants
request.
10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property
Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all
of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed.
10.5 Tenants Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes
assessed against and levied upon Tenants improvements, fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and all
personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or stored within the R&D Park.
11. Utilities. Tenant shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises,
including but not limited to electricity, telephone, security, gas, and cleaning of the Premises,
together with any taxes thereon. For any such utility fees or services that are not billed or
metered separately to Tenant, including without limitation, water and sewer charges, and garbage
and waste disposal (collectively, Utility Expenses), Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants Share
of Utility Expenses. Tenant shall also pay Tenants Share of any assessments, charges, and fees
included within any tax bill for the lot on which the Premises are situated, including without
limitation, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees, sewer use fees, and any other similar fees or
charges.
12. Assignment and Subleasing.
12.1 Prohibition. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord,
assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber, grant any license or concession, pledge or otherwise
transfer this Lease or any interest herein, permit any assignment or other such transfer of this
Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or
13
permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and Tenants Representatives (all
of the foregoing are sometimes referred to collectively as Transfers and any person to whom any
Transfer is made or sought to be made is sometimes referred to as a Transferee). No consent to
any Transfer shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Section, and all subsequent
Transfers may be made only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, but which consent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
12.2 Request for Consent. If Tenant seeks to make a Transfer, Tenant shall notify
Landlord, in writing, and deliver to Landlord at least thirty (30) days (but not more than one
hundred eighty (180) days) prior to the proposed commencement date of the Transfer (the Proposed
Effective Date) the following information and documents (the Tenants Notice): (i) a
description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the Subject Space); (ii) all of the
terms of the proposed Transfer including without limitation, the Proposed Effective Date, the name
and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of the existing or proposed assignment, sublease
or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer; (iii) current financial statements of the
proposed Transferee certified by an officer, member, partner or owner thereof, and any such other
information as Landlord may then reasonably require, including without limitation, audited
financial statements (if available) for the previous three (3) most recent consecutive fiscal
years; (iv) the Plans and Specifications (defined below), if any; and (v) such other information as
Landlord may then reasonably require. Tenant shall give Landlord the Tenants Notice by registered
or certified mail addressed to Landlord at Landlords Address specified in the Basic Lease
Information. Within thirty (30) days after Landlords receipt of the Tenants Notice (the
Landlord Response Period) Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of its determination with
respect to such requested proposed Transfer and the election to recapture as set forth below. If
Landlord does not elect to recapture pursuant to the provisions hereof and Landlord does consent to
the requested proposed Transfer, Tenant may thereafter assign its interests in and to this Lease or
sublease all or a portion of the Premises to the same party and on the same terms as set forth in
the Tenants Notice. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenants Notice within Landlords Response
Period, then, after Tenant delivers to Landlord ten (10) days written notice (the Second Response
Period) and Landlord fails to respond thereto prior to the end of the Second Response Period, the
proposed Transfer shall then be deemed approved by Landlord.
12.3 Criteria for Consent. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other
circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall
be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where (a) a Default then exists, (b) the use to
be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is prohibited under this Lease or differs from
the uses permitted under this Lease, (c) the proposed Transferee or its business is subject to
compliance with additional requirements of the ADA beyond those requirements which are applicable
to Tenant, unless the proposed Transferee shall (1) first deliver plans and specifications for
complying with such additional requirements (the Plans and Specifications) and obtain Landlords
written consent thereto, and (2) comply with all Landlords conditions contained in such consent,
(d) the proposed Transferee does not intend to occupy a substantial portion of the Premises
assigned or sublet to it, (e) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the proposed Transferees business
operating ability or
creditworthiness of, or use proposed by, the proposed Transferee at the Premises, (f) the proposed
Transferee is a governmental agency or unit, (g) the proposed Transfer would violate any
exclusive rights of any occupants in the R&D Park or cause Landlord to violate another agreement
or obligation to which Landlord is a party or otherwise subject, (h) Landlord otherwise determines
that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Building or the R&D
Park, or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the R&D Park,
or (i) the proposed Transferee will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials (defined below) in or
about the Premises of a type, nature or quantity that could materially adversely affect the value
of the Building or R&D Park.
12.4 Effectiveness of Transfer and Continuing Obligations. Prior to the date on which
any permitted Transfer becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a counterpart of the
fully executed Transfer document, (ii) an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the Transferee HazMat Certificate), and
(iii) Landlords form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease, as applicable, executed by
Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations
pursuant to this Lease. Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such consent instrument
shall not release or discharge the Transferee from its obligation to do so
14
or from any liability as
provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a
mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or
cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or
operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases. Each permitted Transferee
shall assume and be deemed to assume this Lease and shall be and remain liable jointly and
severally with Tenant for payment of Rent (or with respect to a sublease, rent in the amount set
forth in the sublease) and for the due performance of, and compliance with all the terms,
covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenants part to be performed or complied
with, for that portion of the Term of this Lease on and following the date of such Transfer (and if
a sublease, to the extent relating to the space so sublet). No Transfer shall affect the
continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several
with the assignee), and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants
and conditions of this Lease. An assignee of Tenant shall become directly liable to Landlord for
all obligations of Tenant hereunder, but no Transfer by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any
obligations or liability under this Lease whether occurring before or after such consent,
assignment, subletting or other Transfer. The acceptance of any or all of the Rent by Landlord
from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be
deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any
Transfer. If Tenant is a business entity, the direct or indirect transfer of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the
aggregate through more than one transaction) shall be deemed a Transfer (provided, however, that
(i) issuances (in the aggregate) by Tenant of equity accounting for forty-nine percent (49%) or
less of the ownership interest of Tenant shall not be taken into account in determining if a deemed
Transfer has occurred and (ii) the initial public offering of Tenants stock on a nationally
recognized stock exchange shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Lease) and shall be subject to
all the provisions hereof and in such event, it shall be a condition to Landlords consent to such
ownership change that such entities or persons acquiring such ownership interest assume, as a
primary obligor, all rights and obligations of Tenant under this Lease (and such entities and
persons shall execute all documents reasonably required to effectuate such assumption). Any and all
options, first rights of refusal, tenant improvement allowances and other similar rights granted to
Tenant in this Lease, if any, shall not be assignable by Tenant unless expressly authorized in
writing by Landlord (which shall be in Landlords sole discretion). Any transfer made without
Landlords prior written consent, shall, at Landlords option, be null, void and of no effect, and
shall, at Landlords option, constitute a material default by Tenant of this Lease. As Additional
Rent hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord each time it requests a Transfer, an administrative
fee in the amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and, in addition, Tenant shall promptly
reimburse Landlord for out of pocket legal and other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with any actual or proposed Transfer.
12.5 Recapture. Landlord may recapture the Subject Space described in the Tenants
Notice if, and only if, Tenant is seeking to sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises
for a period equal to or greater than eighty percent (80%) of the remainder of the Term, by giving
written notice of recapture to Tenant; provided any such written notice to Tenant shall be given by
Landlord within the time periods provided for such
written notice in Paragraph 12.2 of this Lease. If such written recapture notice is given, it
shall serve to terminate this Lease with respect to the proposed Subject Space, or, if the proposed
Subject Space covers all the Premises, it shall serve to terminate the entire Term of this Lease,
in either case, as of the Proposed Effective Date. However, no termination of this Lease with
respect to part or all of the Premises shall become effective without the prior written consent,
where necessary, of the holder of each deed of trust encumbering the Premises or any other portion
of the R&D Park. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions with respect to
less than the entire Premises, the Rent shall be adjusted on the basis of the proportion of
rentable square feet retained by Tenant to the rentable square feet originally demised and this
Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Lease, within ten (10) business days after Tenants receipt of
such written recapture notice, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a written withdrawal notice which
shall negate and void for all purposes Tenants request for consent which shall be treated as never
having been given.
12.6 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, at the same time as the monthly
installments of Rent are payable hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium. The term
Transfer Premium shall mean all rent, additional rent and other consideration payable by such
Transferee which either initially or over the term of the Transfer exceeds the Rent or pro
15
rata
portion of the Rent, as the case may be, for such space reserved in the Lease less all reasonable
and actual legal fees and leasing commissions incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer.
12.7 Waiver. Notwithstanding any Transfer, or any indulgences, waivers or extensions
of time granted by Landlord to any Transferee, or failure by Landlord to take action against any
Transferee, Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its option, proceed against Tenant without having
taken action against or joined such Transferee, except that Tenant shall have the benefit of any
indulgences, waivers and extensions of time granted to any such Transferee.
12.8 Special Transfer Prohibitions. Notwithstanding anything set forth
above to the contrary, Tenant may not (a) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to any person or
entity in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive
ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code); or (b)
sublet the Premises or assign this Lease in any other manner which could cause any portion of the
amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease to fail to qualify as rents
from real property within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or which could cause any
other income received by Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of
the Code.
12.9 Affiliates. The assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of
this Lease or the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, or (ii) any person or entity
which controls, is controlled by or under the common control with Tenant, or (iii) any entity which
purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into which Tenant is
merged or consolidated (all such persons or entities described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
being sometimes herein referred to as Affiliates) shall not be subject to obtaining Landlords
prior consent and no Transfer Premium shall be payable, provided in all instances that:
(a) any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Article
12;
(b) Tenant gives Landlord prior notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate,
except solely for those assignments or subleases in connection with which any applicable law
precludes Tenants delivery to Landlord of prior notice of said assignment or sublease then, in all
such instances, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord subsequent notice of said assignment or sublease
within ten (10) days following the first (1st) day on which Tenant is permitted by law to deliver
notice of such assignment or sublease to Landlord;
(c) the successor of Tenant shall have, at the time of Transfer to an Affiliate, a tangible
net worth and net assets, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), which is sufficient to
meet the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, as reasonably determined by Landlord;
(d) any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of
this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee (i.e. any such Affiliate), other than in the case of an
Affiliate resulting from a merger or consolidation, shall assume, in a written document reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such
assignment or sublease, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and
(e) Tenant and any guarantor shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by
Tenant under this Lease, except in the event of a merger.
13. Default; Remedies.
13.1 Default. The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an
event of default on the part of Tenant (Default):
(a) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant (as defined in California Civil Code Section
1951.3);
(b) Failure to pay any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other monies due and
payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of 5 business days after
16
receipt of
Landlords written notice that such amount is due. Tenant agrees that any such written notice
delivered by Landlord shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, serve as the statutorily
required notice under applicable law to the extent Tenant fails to cure such failure to pay within
such 5 business day period. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to notice and service of
notice as provided for in accordance with applicable statutory requirements;
(c) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor for the benefit of creditors;
(d) The filing of a voluntary petition of bankruptcy by Tenant or any guarantor; the filing of
a voluntary petition for an arrangement; the filing of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for
reorganization; or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenants creditors or guarantors;
(e) Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of the Premises or all or
substantially all of Tenants assets on the Premises;
(f) Failure of Tenant to maintain insurance as required by Paragraph 8.2, provided Landlord
has notified Tenant of a violation of Paragraph 8.2 and Tenant has failed to cure such violation
within 10 business days of such notice;
(g) Any breach by Tenant of its covenants under Paragraph 6.2 and such breach remains uncured
for 10 business days following written notice from Landlord;
(h) Failure in the performance of any of Tenants covenants, agreements, or obligations
hereunder (except those failures specified as events of Default in other Paragraphs of this
Paragraph 13.1 which shall be governed by such other Paragraphs), which failure continues for 10
business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if Tenant has
exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such 10
business-day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this
subparagraph unless Tenant fails thereafter diligently and continuously to prosecute the cure to
completion;
(i) Any transfer of a substantial portion of the assets of Tenant, or any incurrence of a
material obligation by Tenant, unless such transfer or obligation is undertaken or incurred in the
ordinary course of Tenants business, or in good faith for equivalent consideration, or with
Landlords consent; and
(j) The default of any guarantors of Tenants obligations hereunder under any guaranty of this
Lease, or the attempted repudiation or revocation of any such guaranty.
13.2 Remedies. In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have any or all
of the following remedies:
(a) Termination. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other
remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the
immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written
notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this
Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:
(1) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which
have been earned at the time of such termination; plus
(2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums
due and payable which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the
amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
(3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums
due and payable for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the
amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
17
(4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused
by Tenants failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course
would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred
by Landlord (i) in retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) in maintaining, repairing, preserving,
restoring, replacing, cleaning, the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for
reletting to a new lessee or lessees; (iii) for leasing commissions; or (iv) for any other costs
necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus
(5) such reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default, and costs
in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedy; and plus
(6) at Landlords election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as
may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above,
the worth at the time of award is computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to ten
percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. As used in
subparagraph (3) above, the worth at the time of award is computed by discounting such amount at
the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one
percent (1%). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil
Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other present or future law, in the event Tenant is
evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of Tenant hereunder.
(b) Continuation of Lease. In the event of any Default by Tenant, then
in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease,
Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may
continue this Lease in effect after Tenants Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes
due, provided tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).
(c) Re-entry. In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the
right, with or without terminating this Lease, in compliance with applicable law, to re-enter the
Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and
stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.
(d) Reletting. In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the
event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to
legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to
terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph a, Landlord may from time to time, without
terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such
rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may
deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises. In the event that
Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be
applied in the following order: (1) to reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Landlord as a result
of a Default and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedies; (2) to the
payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (3) to the
payment of any costs of such reletting; (4) to the payment of the costs of any alterations and
repairs to the Premises; (5) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (6) the
residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent and other sums
payable by Tenant hereunder as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion
of such rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the payment of
Rent hereunder, be less than the Rent payable during the month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant
shall pay such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly.
Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by
Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals
received from such reletting.
(e) Termination. No re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord
pursuant to this Addendum shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a
written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by
a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination
18
by Landlord
because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate
this Lease for any such Default.
(f) Cumulative Remedies. The remedies herein provided are not exclusive and Landlord
shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or by law or in equity.
(g) No Surrender. No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance
of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or constitute an acceptance of the
surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by
Landlord of surrender by Tenant shall only flow from and must be evidenced by a written
acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The surrender of this Lease by
Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects in writing that
such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing
subleases, or Landlord may, at its option, elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger
terminating Tenants estate under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such
subleases by notifying the sublessee of its election so to do within five (5) days after such
surrender.
(h) Notice Provisions Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to
Paragraph 13.1 of the Lease shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California Code of
Civil Procedure Section 1161, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in
order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. Should Landlord prepare any
notice to Tenant for failure to pay rent, additional rent or perform any other obligation under the
Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without any further notice from Landlord, the additional sum
of $75.00 which the parties hereby agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs
Landlord will incur by reason of preparing such notice.
13.3 Late Charges. Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord
of Rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but
are not limited to, processing and accounting charges. Accordingly, if any installment of Rent or
other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlords designee within 4 days
after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Tenant, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that
such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by
reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event
constitute a waiver of Tenants Default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord
from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, provided that, Landlord
will not impose any late fee upon the first late payment of Rent, if any, during each 12 month
period
following the Commencement Date unless Tenant fails to make the applicable payment within five (5)
business days after written notice of such delinquency is given by Landlord. In addition, should
Landlord be unable to negotiate any payment made by Tenant on the first attempt by Landlord and
without any notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $50.00 per item which the
parties hereby agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by
reason of Landlords inability to negotiate such item(s).
14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent
domain or sold under the threat of exercise of said power (all of which are herein called
Condemnation), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning
authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of
the Premises, or more than 25% of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Tenants parking,
is taken by condemnation, Tenant may, at Tenants option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days
after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such
notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession), terminate this
Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Tenant does not terminate
this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to
the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same
proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area
of the Premises. No reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any
portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the
power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat
19
of the exercise of such power shall be the
property of Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation,
separately awarded to Tenant, for Tenants relocation expenses and/or loss of Tenants trade
fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Landlord
shall to the extent of its net severance damages in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to
the Premises caused by such condemnation authority.
15. Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements.
15.1 Estoppel Certificate. Each party (herein referred to as Responding Party)
shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the Requesting Party) execute,
acknowledge, and deliver to the Requesting Party, to the extent it can truthfully do so, an
estoppel certificate in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, or any of Landlords lenders or
any prospective purchasers of the Premises or the R&D Park as the case may be, plus such additional
information, confirmation, and statements as be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.
Should Tenant fail to deliver an executed and acknowledged estoppel certificate to Landlord as
prescribed herein, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to act as Tenants attorney-in-fact in
executing such estoppel certificate.
15.2 Financial Statement. If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the
Building, R&D Park, or any part thereof, Tenant and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential
lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such Guarantors
as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenants
financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by
Landlord and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein
set forth.
16. Additional Covenants and Provisions.
16.1 Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction, shall not affect the validity of any other provision hereof.
16.2 Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Landlord hereunder
not received by Landlord within 10 days following the date on which it was due shall bear interest
from the date due at 12% per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law in addition
to the late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.3.
16.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all
obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.
16.4 Landlord Liability. Tenant, its successors, and assigns shall not assert nor
seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlords assets other than
Landlords interest in the R&D Park. Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the
satisfaction of any liability or claim against Landlord under this Lease. In no event whatsoever
shall Landlord (which term shall include, without limitation, any general or limited partner,
trustees, beneficiaries, officers, directors, or stockholders of Landlord) ever be personally
liable for any such liability.
16.5 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral
agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels
any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any,
between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter
thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any
side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and
dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and
agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises,
shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives
and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be
modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and
oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There
are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to
representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements
20
contained in this Lease.
The parties acknowledge that (i) each party and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this
Lease, and (ii) no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved
against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation or enforcement of this Lease or
any amendments or exhibits to this Lease or any document executed and delivered by either party in
connection with this Lease.
16.6 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in
writing and may be delivered in person (by hand, messenger, or courier service) or may be sent by
certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by
facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if
served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 16.6. The addresses noted adjacent to a Partys
signature on this Lease shall be that Partys address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes.
Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes,
except that upon Tenants taking possessing of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenants
address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Tenant. A copy of all notices required
or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or
parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice
to Tenant.
16.7 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no
delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or
an overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after
delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted
by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon
telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also
delivered via hand or overnight delivery or certified mail. If notice is received on a Saturday,
Sunday, or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.
16.8 Waivers. No waiver by Landlord of a Default by Tenant shall be deemed a waiver
of any other term, covenant, or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default by Tenant of the
same or any other term, covenant, or condition hereof. In addition the acceptance by Landlord of
any rent or other payment after it is due, whether or not a notice of default has been served or
any action (including, without limitation, an unlawful detainer action) has been filed by Landlord
thereon, shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlords
rights to proceed on any notice of default or action which has been filed against Tenant based upon
Tenants breach of the Lease.
16.9 Holdover. Tenant has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part
thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant holds over with the
consent of Landlord: (a) the Base Rent payable shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent
applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination; (b)
Tenants right to possession shall terminate on 30 days notice from Landlord; and (c) all other
terms and conditions of this Lease shall continue to apply. Nothing contained herein shall be
construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend,
and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages,
obligations, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys fees incurred or
suffered by Landlord by reason of Tenants failure to surrender the Premises on the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.
16.10 Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive
but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies in law or in equity.
16.11 Binding Effect: Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties,
their personal representatives, successors, and assigns, and be governed by the laws of the State
in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease
shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.
16.12 Landlord. The covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of
Landlord are binding on Landlord, its successors, and assigns only during their respective period
of ownership of an interest in the Building. In the event of any transfer or transfers of such
title to the Building, Landlord (and, in the case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the
then grantor) shall be concurrently freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer or
21
conveyance, without any further instrument or agreement, of all liability with respect to the
performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease
thereafter to be performed, provided that the transferee, successor or assignee has agreed in
writing to assume all liabilities and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease first arising or
accruing after the date of transfer.
16.13 Attorneys Fees and Other Costs. If any Party brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined)
in any such proceeding shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys fees. The term Prevailing
Party shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief
sought. Landlord shall be entitled to attorneys fees, costs, and expenses incurred in the
preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or
not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting breach.
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for all reasonable legal, engineering, and other
professional services expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant or
any lender of Tenant for consent, waiver or approval of any kind.
16.14 Landlords Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Landlord and Landlords agents
shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise
at reasonable times upon reasonable notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective
purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements, or additions
to the Premises or to the Building, as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary. Landlord may at any
time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary For Sale signs, and Landlord may at
any time during the last 180 days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary
For Lease signs. All such activities of Landlord shall be without abatement of rent or liability
to Tenant.
16.15 Signs. Tenant shall not place any signs at or upon the exterior of the Premises
or the Building, except that Tenant may, with Landlords prior
written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise
Tenants own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Landlord and comply
with sign ordinances and the signage criteria established for the R&D Park by Landlord. Within ten
(10) days following approval of the signage criteria by applicable governmental authorities,
Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the signage criteria for the R&D Park.
16.16 Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by
Landlord, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual termination or
cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Landlord for Default by Tenant, shall automatically
terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall, in the
event of any such surrender, termination, or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or
all of any existing subtenancies. Landlords failure within 10 days following any such event to
make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest
shall constitute Landlords election to have such event constitute the termination of such
interest.
16.17 Quiet Possession. Upon payment by Tenant of the Base Rent and Additional Rent
for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions, and provisions on
Tenants part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet possession of
the Premises for the entire term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.
16.18 Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.
(a) Subordination. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease,
mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or mortgage (collectively, Mortgage) now or
hereafter placed by Landlord upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and
all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations,
replacements, and extensions thereof. Tenant agrees that any person holding any Mortgage shall
have no duty, liability, or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Landlord under this
Lease. In the event of Landlords default with respect to any such obligation, Tenant will give
any Lender, whose name and address have previously been furnished in writing to Tenant, notice of a
default by Landlord. Tenant may not exercise any remedies for default by Landlord unless and until
Landlord and the Lender shall have received
22
written notice of such default and a reasonable time
(not less than 90 days) shall thereafter have elapsed without the default having been cured. If
any Lender shall elect to have this Lease superior to the lien of its Mortgage and shall give
written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage. The
provisions of a Mortgage relating to the disposition of condemnation and insurance proceeds shall
prevail over any contrary provisions contained in this Lease.
(b) Attornment. Subject to the nondisturbance provisions of subparagraph (c) of this
Paragraph 16.18, Tenant agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of
the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Mortgage. In the event of such foreclosure, such new
owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to
events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) be liable for security deposits or be
bound by prepayment of more than one months rent.
(c) Non-Disturbance. With respect to any Mortgage entered into by Landlord after the
execution of this Lease, Tenants subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving
assurance (a nondisturbance agreement) from the Mortgage holder that Tenants possession and this
Lease will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default and attorns to the record owner of
the Premises. Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, no Mortgage
encumbers the R&D Park.
(d) Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 16.18 shall be
effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written
request from Landlord or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing, or refinancing of Premises,
Tenant and Landlord shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately
document any such subordination or nonsubordination, attornment, and/or
nondisturbance agreement, as is provided for herein. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with
full power to subordinate this Lease to a Mortgage.
16.19 Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees that it will abide by, and to cause its
employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, tenants, contractors, and invitees to abide by, all
reasonable rules and regulations (Rules and Regulations) which Landlord may make from time to
time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the Common Areas, the parking and
unloading of vehicles, and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other
occupants or tenants of the Building and the R&D Park and their invitees. The current Rules and
Regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant
for the noncompliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the R&D Park.
16.20 Security Measures. Tenant acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord
hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures. Landlord has no
obligations to provide same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises,
Tenant, its agents, and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.
16.21 Reservations. Landlord reserves the right to grant such easements that Landlord
deems necessary and to cause the recordation of parcel maps, so long as such easements and maps do
not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees to sign any
documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements or maps. Tenant
further agrees that Landlord may at any time following the execution of this Lease, either directly
or through Landlords agents, identify Tenants name in any marketing materials relating to the
Building or Landlords portfolio and/or make press releases or other announcements regarding the
leasing of the Premises by Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims in connection
therewith.
16.22 Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten
provisions.
16.23 Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant or Landlords
agent or Tenants agent and submission of same to Tenant or Landlord shall not be deemed an offer
to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties
hereto.
23
16.24 Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties
in interest at the time of the modification.
16.25 Multiple Parties. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than
one person or entity is named herein as Tenant, the obligations of such persons shall be the joint
and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Tenant.
16.26 Authority. Each person signing on behalf of Landlord or Tenant warrants and
represents that she or he is authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and to make it a binding
obligation of Landlord or Tenant.
16.27 Recordation. Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum
hereof.
16.28 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any
related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep and maintain such confidential
information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any
person or entity other than Tenants financial, legal and space planning consultants.
16.29 Landlord Renovations. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time,
at Landlords sole option, renovate, improve, develop, alter, or modify (collectively, the
Renovations) portions of the Building,
Premises, Common Areas and the R&D Park, including without limitation, systems and equipment, roof,
and structural portions of the same. In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among
other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate
access to portions of the R&D Park, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the
Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees
that such Renovations and Landlords actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way
constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord
shall have no responsibility, or for any reason be liable to Tenant, for any direct or indirect
injury to or interference with Tenants business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be
entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part
of the Premises or of Tenants Property, Alterations or improvements resulting from the Renovations
or Landlords actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance
occasioned by such Renovations or Landlords actions in connection with such Renovations, provided
that Landlord has used reasonable commercial efforts to avoid interfering with Tenants conduct of
its business.
16.30 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL
AND THEY HEREBY DO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER
OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN
ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANTS USE OR OCCUPANCY
OF THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR THE PARK, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE.
16.31 Backup Generator. Tenant shall have the right (but only to the extent permitted
by the City of Sunnyvale and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction
thereof), at Tenants sole cost and expense, to construct, maintain and operate an enclosed
equipment area (the Equipment Area), in a location outside of the Building designated by
Landlord, to house equipment exclusively serving the Premises, including an emergency generator,
UPS battery systems and related appurtenances (collectively, the Generator Equipment) subject to
the following:
(a) The precise location, size and configuration of the Equipment Area shall
(i) be subject to Landlords prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld and
(ii) promote the safety, aesthetics and efficiency of the Generator Equipment; provided, all
of the Generator Equipment and any maintenance or modifications
24
thereto or placement thereof, and
all utilities used in connection therewith shall be at Tenants sole cost and expense, contained
visually within a fully enclosed area, installed and operated to Landlords reasonable
specifications, and installed, maintained, operated and removed in accordance with the terms of the
Lease, all Applicable Requirements and all Recorded Matters, and the prior rights of any other
tenant or occupant in the R&D Park.
(b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all licenses and permits necessary to
install and operate the Generator Equipment within the Equipment Area prior to installing or
performing any work with respect to the Generator Equipment or Equipment Area. Tenant shall obtain
Landlords prior written consent before making any modifications to the Equipment Area.
(c) No additional Base Rent shall be paid by Tenant for use of the Equipment Area or Generator
Equipment; provided, Tenant shall be solely responsible to pay for all utilities, including without
limitation electricity, used in connection with the Generator Equipment or Equipment Area.
(d) The Generator Equipment shall remain the property of Tenant and Tenant shall remove the
Generator Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall restore
the Equipment Area and any other portion of the Building or R&D Park affected by the Generator
Equipment to its original condition upon the removal of the Generator Equipment, excepting ordinary
wear and tear. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the
Building and the R&D Park caused by Tenant or the use, operation, installation, repair,
maintenance, alteration or removal of the Generator Equipment. In connection with the removal of
the Generator Equipment and when required by any federal, state, or local regulatory authority,
Tenant shall perform, at its sole expense, an environmental site assessment acceptable to Landlord
to determine the extent, if any, of contamination of the Premises and R&D Park and shall, at its
sole expense, clean up, remove, and remediate all Hazardous Substances in, on, under or about the
Premises or the R&D Park that may have been caused by the Generator Equipment.
(e) Tenant may not assign, lease, rent, sublet or otherwise transfer any of its interest in
the Equipment Area or the Generator Equipment except together with the remainder of all of the
Premises as more particularly set forth in Section 12 of the Lease.
(f) Each of the other provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Equipment Area and
the use of the Generator Equipment by Tenant, including without limitation, Sections 6, 7 and 8 of
the Lease.
(g) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, if, during the Term, as such
Term may be extended, Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, believes that the Generator Equipment
poses a human health or environmental hazard that cannot be remediated or has not been remediated
within ten (10) days after Tenant has been notified thereof, then Tenant shall immediately cease
all operation of the Generator Equipment and Tenant shall remove all of the Generator Equipment
within thirty (30) days thereafter. To the best of Tenants knowledge, Tenant represents to
Landlord that the use of the Generator Equipment will not pose a human health or environmental
hazard.
(h) Tenant shall not use the Generator Equipment, the Equipment Area or any other portion of
the Project in any way which interferes with the use of the R&D Park by Landlord, or other tenants
or licensees of Landlord or any other occupant of the R&D Park. Such interference shall be deemed
a material breach by the Tenant under the Lease, and Tenant shall, within five (5) days of written
notice from Landlord, be responsible for terminating said interference. In the event any such
interference does not cease within five (5) days of Landlords written notice, Tenant acknowledges
that continuing interference may cause irreparable injury and, Tenant shall immediately cease all
operation of the Generator Equipment and Tenant shall remove all of the Generator Equipment within
thirty (30) days thereafter.
(i) Tenant shall be responsible for insuring the Generator Equipment pursuant to Section 8 of
the Lease and Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor.
(j) Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold
harmless Landlord and all of Landlords Entities from any and all claims,
25
demands, liabilities,
damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) any of such
Landlords Entities may suffer or incur arising out of or related to the installation, use,
operation, maintenance, replacement and/or removal of the Generator Equipment or any portion
thereof.
(k) If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall obtain for the benefit of Landlord a separate
policy of environmental insurance to provide coverage against any and all damage to property or
injury or death to persons as a result of the Generator Equipment, and Tenant shall provide written
evidence of such coverage within ten (10) days after request by Landlord.
(l) Tenant shall maintain all reports, inventory and other records, test results, permits and
all other data and information required under applicable law for the installation, use and
operation of the Generator Equipment, and upon request of Landlord, shall provide a copy of all
such reports, records, test results and other information without cost or expense to Landlord.
16.32 Roof Space Equipment. Tenant shall have the right (but only to the extent
permitted by the City of Sunnyvale and all agencies and governmental authorities having
jurisdiction thereof), at Tenants sole cost and expense, to install, operate and maintain
(including roof access for such maintenance purposes) satellite or wireless communication equipment
along with any necessary cables (collectively, the Equipment) on a portion of the roof of the
Building to be designated by Landlord (Roof Space) for the Term of the Lease. The location and
size of the Equipment shall be subject to
Landlords written approval, not to unreasonably withheld and which best promotes the safety,
aesthetics and efficiency of the Equipment; provided, all of the Equipment and any modifications
thereto or placement thereof shall be (i) at Tenants sole cost and expense, (ii) contained
visually within the roof screen, (iii) installed and operated to Landlords reasonable
specifications, and (iv) installed, maintained, operated and removed in accordance with all
Recorded Matters and Applicable Requirements. Landlord shall cooperate reasonably with Tenant to
modify the roof screen placement (subject to all Applicable Requirements and Recorded Matters) if
required for signal quality and other reasonable considerations; provided, the cost of all such
modifications shall be the responsibility of Tenant. All modifications to the Building, including
the Roof Space, if any, shall be reasonably approved by Landlord in writing prior to commencement
of any work with respect to the Equipment. No additional rent shall be paid by Tenant for use of
the Roof Space and operation of the Equipment. The Equipment shall remain the property of Tenant
and Tenant shall remove the Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.
Tenant shall restore the Roof Space and any other portion of the Buildings affected by the
Equipment to its original condition, excepting ordinary wear and tear. Tenant may not assign,
lease, rent, sublet or otherwise transfer any of its interest in the Roof Space or the Equipment.
Each of the other provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Equipment and the use of the
Roof Space by Tenant. The Equipment shall comply with all-non-interference rules of the Federal
Communications Commission. If applicable, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of (i) the
Federal Communications Commission (or other agency) grant which has awarded frequencies to Tenant
and (ii) a list of Tenants frequencies. Anything to the contrary contained herein
notwithstanding, if, during the Lease Term, as such Term may be extended, Landlord, in its
reasonable judgment, believes that the Equipment poses a human health or environmental hazard that
cannot be remediated or has not been remediated within ten (10) days after Tenant has been notified
thereof, then Tenant shall immediately cease all operations of the Equipment and Tenant shall
remove all of the Equipment within thirty (30) days thereafter. To the best of Tenants knowledge,
Tenant represents to Landlord that the Equipment shall not emit or project any electro-magnetic
fields which pose a human health or environmental hazard. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible
for insuring the Equipment and Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor. Tenant shall
indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless Landlord from
any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees) Landlord may suffer or incur arising out of or related to the
installation, use, operation, maintenance, replacement and/or removal of the Equipment or any
portion thereof or any roof access for purposes of maintaining the Equipment.
///signature page follows///
26
///continued from previous page///
The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified below
their respective signatures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD |
|
|
|
TENANT |
|
|
|
|
Headlands Realty
Corporation, |
|
|
|
Omneon Video Networks, Inc., |
|
|
a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
|
a Delaware corporation |
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Doug McGregor
Doug McGregor
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Jonathan Turk
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Vice President Operations |
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
06/24/08
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
June 18, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Its:
|
|
/s/ Patrick Pomroy
Controller & Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
June 19, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Landlords Address: |
|
|
|
Tenants Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headlands Realty
Corporation, a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
|
After the Commencement Date |
|
|
c/o AMB Property Corporationr |
|
|
|
The Premises Address |
|
|
Pier 1, Bay 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, California 94111 |
|
|
|
Prior to the Commencement Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headlands Realty
Corporation, a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c/o AMB Property Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1360 Willow Road, Suite 100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Menlo Park, California 94025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and
indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the chairman of the
board, president or vice-president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, chief financial officer
or any assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall
otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case
may be, must be attached to this Lease.
27
Exhibit A
Description of Premises and R&D Park
This exhibit, entitled Premises, is and shall constitute Exhibit A to that certain Lease
Agreement dated February , 2008 (the Lease), by and between Headlands Realty Corporation, a
Maryland Corporation (Landlord) and Omneon Video Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(Tenant) for the leasing of certain premises commonly known as 1237-1239 East Arques Avenue,
Sunnyvale, California (the Premises).
The Premises consist of the rentable square footage of space specified in the Basic Lease
Information and has the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises are a part
of and are contained in the Building specified in the Basic Lease Information. If set forth below
(or attached), the cross-hatched area depicts the Premises within the R&D Park:
[ADD DESCRIPTION OF R&D PARK]
Exhibit A, Page 1
Exhibit B
Commencement Date Certificate
|
|
|
Landlord:
|
|
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
|
Tenant:
|
|
Omneon Video Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation |
|
|
|
Lease Date:
|
|
February ___, 2008 |
|
|
|
Premises:
|
|
1237-1239 East Arques Avenue, Sunnyvale, California |
Tenant hereby accepts the Premises as being in the condition required under the Lease.
The Commencement Date of the Lease is , .
The Expiration Date of the Lease is , .
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headlands Realty Corporation, |
|
|
a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Landlords Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
c/o AMB Property Corporation |
|
|
Pier 1, Bay 1
San Francisco, California 94111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation |
|
|
c/o AMB Property Corporation |
|
|
1360 Willow Road, Suite 100 |
|
|
Menlo Park, California 94025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Omneon Video Networks, Inc., |
|
|
a Delaware corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tenants Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After the Commencement Date |
|
|
The Premises Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the Commencement Date |
|
|
If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and
indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The document must be executed by the chairman of
the board, president or vice-president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, chief financial
officer or any assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors
shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the
case may be, must be attached to this document.
Exhibit B, Page 1
Exhibit C
Tenant Move-in and Lease Renewal Environmental Questionnaire
for Commercial and Industrial Properties
Property Name: AMB Lakeside Business Center
Premises Address: 1237-1239 East Arques Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
Exhibit C to the Lease Dated February ___, 2008
Between
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation
(Landlord)
and
Omneon Video Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(Tenant)
Instructions: The following questionnaire is to be completed by the Tenant Representative with
knowledge of the planned/existing operations for the specified building/location. A copy of the
completed form must be attached to all new leases and renewals, and forwarded to the Owners Risk
Management Department. Please print clearly and attach additional sheets as necessary.
1.0 |
|
Process Information |
|
|
|
Describe planned use (new Lease) or existing operations (lease
renewal), and include brief description of manufacturing processes
employed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Hazardous Materials |
|
|
|
Are hazardous materials used or stored? If so, continue with the next
question. If not, go to Section 3.0. |
|
2.1 |
|
Are any of the following materials handled on the property? Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
(A material is handled if it is used, generated, processed, produced, packaged,
treated, stored, emitted, discharged, or disposed.) If so, complete this section.
If this question is not applicable, skip this section and go on to Section 5.0. |
|
|
|
|
|
o Explosives
|
|
o Fuels
|
|
o Oils |
o Solvents
|
|
o Oxidizers
|
|
o Organics/Inorganics |
o Acids
|
|
o Bases
|
|
o Pesticides |
o Gases
|
|
o PCBs
|
|
o Radioactive Materials |
o Other (please specify) |
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
If any of the groups of materials checked in Section 2.1, please list the
specific material(s), use(s), and quantity of each chemical used or stored on the site
in the Table below. If convenient, you may substitute a chemical inventory and list
the uses of each of the chemicals in each category separately. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Physical |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State (Solid, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquid, or |
|
|
|
|
|
Container |
|
of |
|
Total |
Material |
|
Gas) |
|
Usage |
|
Size |
|
Containers |
|
Quantity |
Exhibit C, Page 1
|
2.3 |
|
Describe the planned storage area location(s) for these materials. Please
include site maps and drawings as appropriate. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
Hazardous Wastes |
|
|
|
Are hazardous wastes generated? Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
If yes, continue with the next question. If not, skip this section and go to Section 4.0. |
|
3.1 |
|
Are any of the following wastes generated, handled, or disposed of (where
applicable) on the property? |
|
|
|
o Hazardous wastes
|
|
o Industrial Wastewater |
o Waste oils
|
|
o PCBs |
o Air emissions
|
|
o Sludges |
o Regulated Wastes
|
|
o Other (please specify) |
3.2 |
|
List and quantify the materials identified in Question 3-1 of this section. Attach separate
pages as necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RCRA |
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate |
|
|
|
|
Waste |
|
listed |
|
|
|
|
|
Monthly |
|
Waste |
|
|
Generated |
|
Waste? |
|
Source |
|
Quantity |
|
Characterization |
|
Disposition |
|
3.3 |
|
Please include name, location, and permit number (e.g. EPA ID No.) for transporter
and disposal facility, if applicable). Attach separate pages as necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transporter/Disposal |
|
|
|
|
|
Transporter (T) or |
|
|
Facility Name |
|
Facility Location |
|
Disposal (D) Facility |
|
Permit Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.4 Are pollution controls
or monitoring employed
in the process to
prevent or minimize
the release of wastes
into the environment?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please describe. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Are underground
storage tanks
(USTs), aboveground
storage tanks
(ASTs), or
associated
pipelines used for
the storage of
petroleum products,
chemicals, or
liquid wastes
present on site
(lease renewals) or
required for
planned operations
(new tenants)? |
|
|
|
|
Yes___ No___ |
Exhibit C, Page 2
|
|
|
If not, continue
with section 5.0.
If yes, please
describe capacity,
contents, age, type
of the USTs or
ASTs, as well any
associated leak
detection / spill
prevention
measures. Please
attach additional
pages if necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associated Leak |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Detection / Spill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Type (Steel, |
|
Prevention |
Capacity |
|
Contents |
|
Installed |
|
Fiberglass, etc) |
|
Measures* |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: The following are examples of leak detection / spill prevention measures: |
|
|
|
|
|
Integrity testing
|
|
Inventory reconciliation
|
|
Leak detection system |
Overfill spill protection
|
|
Secondary containment
|
|
Cathodic protection |
|
4.2 |
|
Please provide copies of written tank integrity test results and/or monitoring
documentation, if available. |
|
|
4.3 |
|
Is the UST/AST registered and permitted with the appropriate regulatory
agencies?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please attach a copy of the required permits. |
|
|
4.4 |
|
If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, and if any of the
USTs/ASTs have leaked, please state the substance released, the media(s) impacted
(e.g., soil, water, asphalt, etc.), the actions taken, and all remedial responses to
the incident. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
If this
Questionnaire is
being completed for
a lease renewal,
have USTs/ASTs been
removed from the
property?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If yes, please
provide any
official closure
letters or reports
and supporting
documentation
(e.g., analytical
test results,
remediation report
results, etc.). |
|
|
4.6 |
|
For Lease renewals,
are there any above
or below ground
pipelines on site
used to transfer
chemicals or
wastes?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
For new tenants, are installations of this type required for the planned operations?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If yes to either question, please describe. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
Asbestos Containing Building Materials |
|
|
|
Please be advised that this property participates in an Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program, and that an asbestos
survey may have been performed at the Property. If provided, please review the information that identifies the locations
of known asbestos containing material or presumed asbestos containing material. All personnel and appropriate
subcontractors should be notified of the presence of these materials, and informed not to disturb these materials. Any
activity that involves the disturbance or removal of these materials must be done by an appropriately trained
individual/contractor. |
Exhibit C, Page 3
|
6.1 |
|
For Lease Renewals,
are there any past,
current, or pending
regulatory actions by
federal, state, or
local environmental
agencies alleging
noncompliance with
regulations?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please describe. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
For lease renewals, are there any past, current, or pending lawsuits or
administrative proceedings for alleged environmental damages involving the property,
you, or any owner or tenant of the property?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please describe. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
Does the operation have or require a
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) or equivalent permit?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please attach a copy of this permit. |
|
|
6.4 |
|
For Lease renewals, have there been any
complaints from the surrounding community
regarding facility operations?
Yes___No___ |
|
|
|
|
Have there been any worker complaints or
regulatory investigations regarding
hazardous material exposure at the
facility?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please describe status and any
corrective actions taken. Please attach
additional pages as necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Has a Hazardous Materials Business Plan been developed for the site?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please attach a copy. |
|
|
6.6 |
|
Are any environmental
documentation, chemical
inventory, or management
plan required by the local
Fire Department or Health
Department?
Yes___ No___ |
|
|
|
|
If so, please attach a copy. |
Certification
I am familiar with the real property described in this questionnaire. By signing below, I
represent and warrant that the answers to the above questions are complete and accurate to the best
of my knowledge. I also understand that the Owner will rely on the completeness and accuracy of my
answers in assessing any environmental liability risks associated with the property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C, Page 4
Please forward the completed questionnaire to:
Mr. Steve Campbell
AMB Property, L.P.
Pier 1, Bay 1
San Francisco, CA 94111
Exhibit C, Page 5
Exhibit D
Move Out Standards
This Move Out Standards (Exhibit D) is dated February ___, 2008, for the reference
purposes only and is made between Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation
(Landlord), and Omneon Video Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Tenant), to be a part of
that certain Standard Industrial Lease (the Lease) concerning a portion of the Property more
commonly known as 1237-1239 East Arques Avenue, Sunnyvale, California (the Premises). Landlord
and Tenant agree that the Lease is hereby modified and supplemented as follows:
At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and in addition to any other provisions of
the Lease regarding surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the same
condition as they were upon delivery of possession thereto under the Lease, reasonable wear and
tear excepted, and shall deliver all keys to Landlord. Before surrendering the Premises, Tenant
shall remove all of its personal property and trade fixtures and such alterations or additions to
the Premises made by Tenant as may be specified for removal by Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove
its personal property, fixtures or alterations or additions upon the expiration or
earlier termination of the Lease, the same shall be deemed abandoned and shall become the property
of Landlord. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs and damages incurred by Landlord in
removing, storing or selling such property, fixtures, alterations or additions and in restoring the
Premises to the condition required pursuant to the Lease.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises, at the
time of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, in a condition that shall include, but
is not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Lights:
|
|
Office and warehouse lights will be fully operational with all bulbs
functioning. |
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Dock Levelers & Roll-Up Doors:
|
|
Should be in good working condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Dock Seals:
|
|
Free of tears and broken backboards repaired. |
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
Warehouse Floor:
|
|
Free of stains and swept with no racking bolts and other protrusions left
in the floor. Cracks should be repaired with an epoxy or polymer. |
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Tenant-Installed Equipment & Wiring:
|
|
Removed and space returned to original condition when originally leased.
(Remove air lines, junction boxes, conduit, etc.) |
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
Walls:
|
|
Sheetrock (drywall) damage should be patched and fire-taped so that there
are no holes in either office or warehouse. |
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
Roof:
|
|
Any tenant-installed equipment must be removed and roof penetrations
properly repaired by licensed roofing contractor. Active leaks must be
fixed and latest landlord maintenance and repairs recommendation must have
been followed. |
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
Signs:
|
|
All exterior signs must be removed and holes patched and paint touched up
as necessary. All window signs should likewise be removed. |
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
|
Heating & Air Conditioning System:
|
|
A written report from a licensed HVAC contractor within the last three
months stating that all evaporative coolers and HVAC systems are
operational and in good and safe operating condition. |
Exhibit D, Page 1
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
|
Overall Cleanliness:
|
|
Clean windows, sanitize bathroom(s), vacuum carpet and remove any and all
debris from office and warehouse. Remove all pallets and debris from
exterior of Premises. |
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
|
Upon Completion:
|
|
Contact Landlords property manager to coordinate date of turning off
power, turning in keys, and obtain final Landlord inspection of Premises
which, in turn, will facilitate refund of security deposit. |
Exhibit D, Page 2
Exhibit E
Rules & Regulations
This Exhibit (Exhibit E) is dated February ___, 2008, for the reference purposes only and
is made between Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation (Landlord), and Omneon Video
Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Tenant), to be a part of that certain
Standard Industrial Lease (the Lease) concerning a portion of the Property more commonly known as
1237-1239 East Arques Avenue, Sunnyvale, California (the Premises). The terms, conditions and
provisions of this Exhibit E are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease.
Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed
to such terms as set forth in the Lease.
1. No advertisement, picture or sign of any sort shall be displayed on or outside the Premises or
the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to
remove any such unapproved item without notice and at Tenants expense.
2. Tenant shall not regularly park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion
of normal daily business activity.
3. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by
Landlord without the prior written consent of Landlord.
4. All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the Building require
the prior written approval of Landlord.
5. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or
any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Premises, the Building or the Park.
6. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any exterior door or
electrical room door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord, and as to any interior
doors, the locks and bolts of which Tenant alters, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of all
keys necessary to open such locks and bolts.
7. Tenant agrees not to make any duplicate keys without the prior consent of Landlord.
8. Tenant shall park motor vehicles in those general parking areas as designated by Landlord except
for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not
unreasonably interfere with traffic flow within the Park and loading and unloading areas of other
Tenants.
9. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the Building or Park and shall
cooperate to prevent same.
10. No person shall go on the roof without Landlords permission, except those individuals
identified by Tenant and approved by Landlord in advance.
11. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration
that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be objectionable
to Landlord or other Tenants, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenants expense, on
vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
12. All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises of Tenant shall be
immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight
without the prior written consent of Landlord.
13. Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading
areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt
paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking
areas of the Park or on streets adjacent thereto.
Exhibit E, Page 1
14. Forklifts which operate on asphalt paving areas shall not have solid rubber tires and shall
only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.
15. Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and
refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations
approved by Landlord.
16. Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods, or merchandise or pallets
or equipment of any sort outside of the Premises nor in or around the Building, the Park or any of
the Common Areas of the foregoing. No displays or sales of merchandise shall be allowed in the
parking lots or other Common Areas.
17. Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be
brought or kept in or about the Premises, the Building, the Park or any of the Common Areas of the
foregoing.
18. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed on any portion of the Premises or in
the Common Areas of the Park, nor shall Tenant permit mechanical work or maintenance of motor
vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or in the Common Areas of the Park.
Exhibit E, Page 2
Exhibit F
Tenant Improvements
This exhibit, entitled Tenant Improvements, is and shall constitute Exhibit F to that
certain Lease Agreement dated February ___, 2008 (the Lease), by and between Headlands Realty
Corporation, a Maryland Corporation (Landlord), and Omneon Video Networks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (Tenant), for the leasing of certain premises located at 1237-1239 East Arques
Avenue, Sunnyvale, California (the Premises). The terms, conditions and provisions of this
Exhibit B are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Any capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as
set forth in the Lease:
1. Tenant To Construct Tenant Improvements. Subject to the provisions below, Tenant shall
be solely responsible for the planning, construction and completion of the interior tenant
improvements (Tenant Improvements) to the Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Exhibit F. The Tenant Improvements shall not include any (i) of Tenants personal
property, furniture, trade fixtures, cabling, furnishings, equipment or similar items or costs
related thereto (except as set forth in Section 5 below with respect to cabling) or (ii) relocation
costs.
2. Tenant Improvement Plans.
A. Preliminary Plans and Specifications. Promptly after execution of the Lease,
Tenant shall retain a licensed and insured architect (Architect) to prepare preliminary working
architectural and engineering plans and specifications (Preliminary Plans and Specifications) for
the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver the Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Landlord.
The Preliminary Plans and Specifications shall be in sufficient detail to show locations, types and
requirements for all heat loads, people loads, floor loads, power and plumbing, regular and special
HVAC needs, telephone communications, telephone and electrical outlets, lighting, lighting fixtures
and related power, and electrical and telephone switches. Landlord shall reasonably approve or
disapprove the Preliminary Plans and Specifications within five (5) days after Landlord receives
the Preliminary Plans and Specifications and, if disapproved, Landlord shall return the Preliminary
Plans and Specifications to Tenant, who shall make all necessary revisions within ten (10) days
after Tenants receipt thereof. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the
Preliminary Plans and Specifications. The approved Preliminary Plans and Specifications, as
modified, shall be deemed the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications.
B. Final Plans and Specifications. After the Final Preliminary Plans and
Specifications are approved by Landlord and are deemed to be the Final Preliminary Plans and
Specifications, Tenant shall cause the Architect to prepare in twenty (20) days following
Landlords approval of the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications the final working
architectural and engineering plans, specifications and drawings, (Final Plans and
Specifications) for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall then deliver the Final Plans and
Specifications to Landlord. Landlord shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Final Plans and
Specifications within five (5) days after Landlord receives the Final Plans and Specifications and,
if disapproved, Landlord shall return the Final Plans and Specifications to Tenant who shall make
all necessary revisions within ten (10) days after Tenants receipt thereof. This procedure shall
be repeated until Landlord approves, in writing, the Final Plans and Specifications. The approved
Final Plans and Specifications, as modified, shall be deemed the Construction Documents.
C. Miscellaneous. All deliveries of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the
Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the
Construction Documents shall be delivered by messenger service, by personal hand delivery or by
overnight parcel service. While Landlord has the right to approve the Preliminary Plans and
Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications,
and the Construction Documents, Landlords interest in doing so is to protect the Premises, the
Building and Landlords interest. Accordingly, Tenant shall not rely upon Landlords approvals and
Landlord shall not be the guarantor of, nor responsible for, the adequacy and correctness or
accuracy of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and
Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, or the
Exhibit F, Page 1
compliance thereof with Applicable Requirements, and Landlord shall incur no liability of any kind
by reason of granting such approvals.
D. Building Standard Work. The Construction Documents shall provide that the Tenant
Improvements to be constructed in accordance therewith must be at least equal, in quality, to
Landlords building standard materials, quantities and procedures then in use by Landlord
(Building Standards), and shall consist of improvements which are generic in nature.
E. Construction Agreements. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that a provision shall
be included in each and every agreement made with the Architect and the Contractor with respect to
the Tenant Improvements specifying that Landlord shall be a third party beneficiary thereof,
including without limitation, a third party beneficiary of all covenants, representations,
indemnities and warranties made by the Architect and/or Contractor.
3. Permits. Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5
below) shall obtain all governmental approvals of the Construction Documents to the full extent
necessary for the issuance of a building permit for the Tenant Improvements based upon such
Construction Documents. Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall also cause to be obtained all
other necessary approvals and permits from all governmental agencies having jurisdiction or
authority for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the
approved Construction Documents. Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of
Paragraph 5 below) shall undertake all steps necessary to insure that the construction of the
Tenant Improvements is accomplished in strict compliance with all Applicable Requirements relating
to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the requirements and standards of any insurance
underwriting board, inspection bureau or insurance carrier insuring the Premises and/or the
Building.
4. Construction.
A. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the construction, installation and completion of the
Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents approved by Landlord and is
solely responsible for the payment of all amounts when payable in connection therewith without any
cost or expense to Landlord, except for Landlords obligation to contribute the Tenant Improvement
Allowance in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 5 below. Tenant shall diligently proceed
with the construction, installation and completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with
the Construction Documents and the completion schedule reasonably approved by Landlord. No material
changes shall be made to the Construction Documents and the completion schedule approved by
Landlord without Landlords prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed.
B. Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall
employ a licensed, insured and bonded general contractor (Contractor) to construct the Tenant
Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents. The construction contracts between
Tenant and the Contractor and between the Contractor and subcontractors shall be subject to
Landlords prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Proof that the Contractor is licensed in California, is bonded as required under California law,
and has the insurance specified in Exhibit F-1, attached hereto and incorporated herein by
this reference, shall be provided to Landlord at the time that Tenant requests approval of the
Contractor from Landlord. Tenant shall comply with or cause the Contractor to comply with all
other terms and provisions of Exhibit F-1.
C. Prior to the commencement of the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements,
Tenant shall provide the following to Landlord, all of which shall be to Landlords reasonable
satisfaction:
(i) An estimated budget and cost breakdown for the Tenant Improvements.
(ii) Estimated completion schedule for the Tenant Improvements.
(iii) Copies of all required approvals and permits from governmental agencies having
jurisdiction or authority for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements;
provided, however, if prior to commencement of the construction and installation of Tenant
Improvements Tenant has not received the electrical, plumbing or mechanical permits, Tenant
Exhibit F, Page 2
shall
only be required to provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant has made application
therefor, and, upon receipt by Tenant of such permits, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with
copies thereof.
(iv) Evidence of Tenants procurement of insurance required to be obtained pursuant to the
provisions of Paragraphs 4.B and 4.G.
D. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have a right to inspect the Tenant Improvements
(provided Landlord does not materially interfere with the work being performed by the Contractor or
its subcontractors) and Tenant shall immediately cease work upon written notice from Landlord if
the Tenant Improvements are not in compliance with the Construction Documents approved by Landlord.
If Landlord shall give notice of faulty construction or any other deviation from the Construction
Documents, Tenant shall cause the Contractor to make corrections promptly. However, neither the
privilege herein granted to Landlord to make such inspections, nor the making of such inspections
by Landlord, shall operate as a waiver of any rights of Landlord to require good and workmanlike
construction and improvements constructed in accordance with the Construction Documents.
E. Subject to Landlord complying with its obligations in Paragraph 5 below, Tenant shall pay
and discharge promptly and fully all claims for labor done and materials and services furnished in
connection with the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall not be commenced until five
(5) business days after Landlord has received notice from Tenant stating the date the construction
of the Tenant Improvements is to commence so that Landlord can post and record any appropriate
Notice of Non-responsibility.
F. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the agreements and covenants of Tenant in Sections 8 of
the Lease shall be fully applicable to Tenants construction of the Tenant Improvements.
G. Tenant shall maintain, and cause to be maintained, during the construction of the Tenant
Improvements, at its sole cost and expense, insurance of the types and in the amounts specified in
Exhibit B-1 and in Section 8 of the Lease, together with builders risk insurance for the
amount of the completed value of the Tenant Improvements on an all-risk non-reporting form covering
all improvements under construction, including building materials, and other insurance in amounts
and against such risks as the Landlord shall reasonably require in connection with the Tenant
Improvements.
H. No materials, equipment or fixtures shall be delivered to or installed upon the Premises
pursuant to any agreement by which another party has a security interest or rights to remove or
repossess such items, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
I. Landlord reserves the right to establish reasonable rules and regulations for the use of
the Building during the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, but not
limited to, construction parking, storage of materials, hours of work, use of elevators, and
clean-up of construction related debris.
J. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following,
all of which shall be to Landlords reasonable satisfaction:
(i) Any certificates required for occupancy, including a permanent and complete Certificate of
Occupancy issued by the City of Sunnyvale.
(ii) A Certificate of Completion signed by the Architect who prepared the Construction
Documents, reasonably approved by Landlord.
(iii) A cost breakdown itemizing all expenses for the Tenant Improvements, together with
invoices and receipts for the same or other evidence of payment.
(iv) Final and unconditional mechanics lien waivers for all the Tenant Improvements.
(v) A Notice of Completion for execution by Landlord, which certificate once executed by
Landlord shall be recorded by Tenant in the official records of the county of where
Exhibit F, Page 3
the Premises
are located, and Tenant shall then deliver to Landlord a true and correct copy of the recorded
Notice of Completion.
(vi) A true and complete copy of all as-built plans and drawings for the Tenant Improvements.
5. Tenant Improvement Allowance.
A. Subject to Tenants compliance with the provisions of this Exhibit F, Landlord
shall provide to Tenant an allowance in the amount of $28.00 per rentable square footage of the
Premises for a total of One Million Nine Hundred Twenty One Thousand Twenty Four and 00/100 dollars
and ($1,921,024) (the Tenant Improvement Allowance) to construct and install only the Tenant
Improvements. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used to design, prepare, plan, obtain the
approval of, construct and install the Tenant Improvements and for no other purpose; provided,
Landlord agrees that Tenant may utilize up to an amount equal to Sixty Eight Thousand Six Hundred
Eight Dollars ($68,608.00) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the costs of purchasing and
installing cabling in the Premises (and Tenant shall provide Landlord with written invoices from
independent vendors marked paid in order to obtain reimbursement of such costs). Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to contribute the Tenant
Improvement Allowance unless and until the Construction Documents have been approved by Landlord
and Tenant has complied with all requirements set forth in Paragraph 4.C. of this Exhibit
B. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse all or any
portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant unless Tenant makes a progress payment
request pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.B. below prior to that date which is six
(6) months after the Commencement Date (as such term is defined in the Basic Provisions of the
Lease). The costs to be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall include all reasonable
costs and expenses associated with the design, preparation, approval, planning, construction and
installation of the Tenant Improvements (the Tenant Improvement Costs), including all of the
following:
(i) All costs of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications,
and the Construction Documents, and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of
California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation:
(ii) All costs of obtaining building permits and other necessary authorizations from local
governmental authorities;
(iii) All costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and specifications including
as-built drawings, if applicable;
(iv) All direct and indirect costs of procuring, constructing and installing the Tenant
Improvements in the Premises, including, but not limited to, the construction fee for overhead and
profit and the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and
temporary services rendered by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the Tenant
Improvements; provided, however, that the construction fee for overhead and profit, the cost of all
on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services shall not
exceed amounts which are reasonable and customary for such items in the local construction
industry;
(v) All fees payable to the Architect and any engineer if they are required to redesign any
portion of the Tenant Improvements following Tenants and Landlords approval of the Construction
Documents;
(vi) Utility connection fees;
(vii) Inspection fees and filing fees payable to local governmental authorities, if any; and
(viii) All costs of all permanently affixed equipment and non-trade fixtures provided for in
the Construction Documents, including the cost of installation.
The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be the maximum contribution by Landlord for the Tenant
Improvement Costs, and the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance is subject to the terms
contained hereinbelow.
Exhibit F, Page 4
B. Subject to Section 5.A. above, Landlord will make payments to Tenant from the
Tenant Improvement Allowance to reimburse Tenant for Tenant Improvement Costs paid or incurred
by Tenant. All payments of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be by progress payments not more
frequently than once per month and only after satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a) receipt by Landlord of conditional mechanics lien releases for the work completed and to be
paid by said progress payment, conditioned only on the payment of the sums set forth in the
mechanics lien release, executed by the Contractor and all subcontractors, labor suppliers and
materialmen; (b) receipt by Landlord of unconditional mechanics lien releases from the Contractor
and all subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen for all work other than that being paid by
the current progress payment previously completed by the Contractor, subcontractors, labor
suppliers and materialmen and for which Tenant has received funds from the Tenant Improvement
Allowance to pay for such work; (c) receipt by Landlord of any and all documentation reasonably
required by Landlord detailing the work that has been completed and the materials and supplies used
as of the date of Tenants request for the progress payment, including, without limitation,
invoices, bills, or statements for the work completed and the materials and supplies used; and (d)
completion by Landlord or Landlords agents of any inspections of the work completed and materials
and supplies used as deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord. Tenant Improvement Allowance
progress payments shall be paid to Tenant within fourteen (14) days from the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. The preceding notwithstanding, all
Tenant Improvement Costs paid or incurred by Tenant prior to Landlords approval of the
Construction Documents in connection with the design and planning of the Tenant Improvements by
Architect shall be paid from the Tenant Improvement Allowance, without any retention, within
fourteen (14) days following Landlords receipt of invoices, bills or statements from Architect
evidencing such costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall be entitled
to withhold and retain five percent (5%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance or of any Tenant
Improvement Allowance progress payment until the lien-free expiration of the time for filing of any
mechanics liens claimed or which might be filed on account of any work ordered by Tenant or the
Contractor or any subcontractor in connection with the construction and installation of the Tenant
Improvements.
C. Landlord shall not be obligated to pay any Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment or
the Tenant Improvement Allowance retention if on the date Tenant is entitled to receive the Tenant
Improvement Allowance progress payment or the Tenant Improvement Allowance retention a Default by
Tenant of this Lease exists. Such payments shall resume upon Tenant curing any such Default within
the time periods which may be provided for in the Lease.
D. Should the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements be less than the Tenant
Improvement Allowance, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be automatically reduced to the
amount equal to said actual cost.
E. The term Excess Tenant Improvement Costs as used herein shall mean and refer to the
aggregate of the amount by which the actual Tenant Improvement Costs exceed the Tenant Improvement
Allowance. A portion of the Excess Tenant Improvement Costs up to a maximum amount equal to five
dollars ($5.00) per rentable square footage of the Premises for a total of Three Hundred Forty
Three Thousand Forty dollars ($343,040) shall be paid by Landlord in the same manner as the Tenant
Improvement Allowance and such Excess Tenant Improvement Costs will then be amortized over the
initial term of the Lease at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum and such amortized amount
(including interest charges) shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord with, and as part of, the Base
Rent for the Premises in accordance with the provisions and requirements of Section 4 of the Lease
(the Amortized Excess TI Costs). Within two (2) weeks after the Tenant Improvements have been
substantially completed and the actual Tenant Improvement Costs are known, the parties shall
execute and deliver a written amendment to the Lease, in the form acceptable to the parties,
wherein there shall be specified, inter alia, the amount of the Base Rent payable by Tenant
during the initial term of the Lease after taking into account the amount of the Amortized Excess
TI Costs. Tenant shall promptly pay any and all Excess Tenant Improvement Costs in excess of the
principal amount of the Amortized Excess TI Costs.
6. Termination. If the Lease is terminated prior to the date on which the Tenant
Improvements are completed, for any reason due to the default of Tenant hereunder, in addition to
any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as
Exhibit F, Page 5
Additional Rent under the Lease, within five (5) days of receipt of a statement therefor, any and
all costs incurred by Landlord and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of
termination in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent planned, installed
and/or constructed as of such date of termination, including, but not limited to, any costs related
to the removal of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related
thereto. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.4 of the Lease, upon the expiration or earlier
termination of the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Improvements it being
the intention of the parties that the Tenant Improvements are to be considered incorporated into
the Building.
7. T8 Light Fixtures. If Tenant removes any existing T8 light fixtures from the Premises,
Tenant agrees that such light fixtures are the property of Landlord and shall be returned to
Landlord in good condition promptly upon their removal.
8. Lease Provisions; Conflict. The terms and provisions of the Lease, insofar as they are
applicable, in whole or in part, to this Exhibit F, are hereby incorporated herein by
reference. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Exhibit F,
the terms of this Exhibit F shall prevail. Any amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord
hereunder shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under the Lease and, upon any default in the
payment of same, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available to it as provided for in the
Lease.
Exhibit F, Page 6
Exhibit F-1
Construction Insurance Requirements
Before commencing work, the contractor shall procure and maintain at its sole cost and expense
until completion and final acceptance of the work, at least the following minimum levels of
insurance.
A. Workers Compensation in statutory amounts and Employers Liability Insurance in the minimum
amounts of $100,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident and $100,000 each employee for
bodily injury by disease with a $500,000 policy limit, covering each and every worker used in
connection with the contract work.
B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis including, but not limited to,
protection for Premises/Operations Liability, Broad Form Contractual Liability, Owners and
Contractors Protective, and Products/Completed Operations Liability*, in the following minimum
limits of liability.
|
|
|
Bodily Injury, Property Damage, and |
|
|
Personal Injury Liability
|
|
$2,000,000/each occurrence |
|
|
$3,000,000/aggregate |
|
|
|
* |
|
Products/Completed Operations Liability Insurance is to be provided for a period of at least
one (1) year after completion of work. |
Coverage should include protection for Explosion, Collapse and Underground Damage.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with the following minimum limits of liability.
|
|
|
Bodily Injury and Property
|
|
$1,000,000/each occurrence |
Damage Liability
|
|
$2,000,000/aggregate |
This insurance will apply to all owned, non-owned or hired automobiles to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the work.
D. Umbrella Liability Insurance in a minimum amount of three million dollars ($3,000,000),
providing excess coverage on a following-form basis over the Employers Liability limit in
Paragraph A and the liability coverages outlined in Paragraphs B and C.
E. Equipment and Installation coverages in the broadest form available covering Contractors tools
and equipment and material not accepted by Tenant. Tenant will provide Builders Risk Insurance on
all accepted and installed materials.
All policies of insurance, duplicates thereof or certificates evidencing coverage shall be
delivered to Landlord prior to commencement of any work and shall name Landlord, and its partners
and lenders as additional insureds as their interests may appear. All insurance policies shall (1)
be issued by a company or companies licensed to be business in the state of California, (2) provide
that no cancellation, non-renewal or material modification shall be effective without thirty (30)
days prior written notice provided to Landlord, (3) provide no deductible greater than $15,000 per
occurrence, (4) contain a waiver to subrogation clause in favor of Landlord, and its partners and
lenders, and (5) comply with the requirements of Section 8 of the Lease to the extent such
requirements are applicable.
Exhibit F-1, Page 1
Addendum 1
Early Possession
This Early Possession Addendum is a part of the Lease dated February ___, 2008, by and between
Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland Corporation (Landlord) and Omneon Video Networks, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (Tenant) for the premises commonly known as 1237-1239 East Arques Avenue,
Sunnyvale, California.
Early Possession. Tenant may possess the Premises on the Early Possession Date (as defined in
Section 1 of this Lease), even though the Early Possession Date is prior to the Commencement Date
of the Lease (Early Possession), so long as Landlord and Tenant have fully executed and delivered
this Lease, Tenant has paid the Security Deposit and all advance Rent due under the Lease and
Tenant has delivered to Landlord all required insurance certificates. The obligation to pay Base
Rent shall be abated for the Early Possession Period and the obligation to pay Tenants Share of
Operating Expenses shall be abated to the extent set forth in the next succeeding sentence.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Tenants
Share of Operating Expenses until the earlier of (i) the Commencement Date and (ii) the date Tenant
first conducts its business upon the Premises. All other terms of this Lease, other than those
related to the payment of Base Rent and Tenants Share of Operating Expenses, including, but not
limited to, the obligation to carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8 of the Lease, shall be in
effect during the Early Possession Period. Such Early Possession shall not change the Expiration
Date of the Original Term.
Addendum 1, Page 1
Addendum 2
Option to Extend
This Addendum (the Addendum) is incorporated as a part of that certain Lease Agreement dated
February ___, 2008 (the Lease), by and between Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland
Corporation (Landlord), and Omneon Video Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Tenant), for
the leasing of those certain premises commonly known as 1237-1239 East Arques Avenue, Sunnyvale,
California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease (the Premises). Any
capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to
such terms as set forth in the Lease.
1. Grant of Extension Option. Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set
forth in Paragraph 5 below, Tenant shall have an Option (Option) to extend the initial term of
the Lease for five (5) years (the Extended Term).
2. Tenants Option Notice. Tenant shall have the right to deliver written notice to
Landlord of its intent to exercise this Option (the Option Notice). If Landlord does not receive
the Option Notice from Tenant on a date which is neither more than twelve (12) months nor less than
nine (9) months prior to the end of the initial term of the Lease, all rights under this Option
shall automatically terminate and shall be of no further force or effect. Upon the proper exercise
of this Option, subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in Paragraph 5
below, the initial term of the Lease shall be extended for the Extended Term.
3. Establishing the Initial Monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term. The initial monthly
Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be equal to ninety five percent (95%) of the then Fair Market
Rental Rate, as hereinafter defined. As used herein, the Fair Market Rental Rate payable by
Tenant for the Extended Term shall mean the Base Rent for the highest and best use permitted by
Applicable Requirements for comparable space at which non-equity tenants, as of the commencement of
the lease term for the Extended Term, will be leasing non-sublease, non-equity, unencumbered space
comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises for a comparable term, which comparable
space is located in the Building and in other comparable first-class buildings in the vicinity of
the Building, taking into consideration the condition and value of existing tenant improvements in
the Premises. The Fair Market Rental Rate shall include the periodic rental increases that would
be included for space leased for the period of the Extended Term. Within thirty (30) days
following Landlords receipt of the Option Notice, Landlord shall inform Tenant in writing of
Landlords determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises for the Extended Term
(Landlords Determination Notice). Within ten (10) business days following Tenants receipt of
Landlords Determination Notice, Tenant shall elect one of the following: (i) Tenant shall deliver
to Landlord a written notice rescinding Tenants Option Notice and, thereafter, Tenant shall have
no further right or ability to extend the Term of the Lease, and this Addendum shall be of no
further force or effect, (ii) Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the appointment by Tenant
of a broker meeting the qualifications described below (Appointment Notice) or (iii) Tenant shall
accept in writing Landlords determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate and the initial monthly
Base Rent for the Extended Term. Tenants failure to deliver written notice of (i), (ii) or (iii)
above shall conclusively be deemed Tenants election to rescind Tenants Option Notice.
In the event Tenant timely delivers the Appointment Notice, then within ten (10) business days of
receipt by Landlord of the Appointment Notice, Landlord shall appoint a competent and impartial
commercial real estate broker (hereinafter broker) with at least five (5) years full-time
commercial real estate brokerage experience in the geographical area of the Premises to set the
Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended Term. If either Landlord or Tenant does not appoint a
broker within ten (10) business days after the other party has given notice of the name of its
broker, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the Fair Market Rental
Rate for the Extended Term. The two (2) brokers appointed by Landlord and Tenant shall meet
promptly and attempt to set the Fair Market Rental Rate. In addition, if either of the first two
(2) brokers fails to submit their opinion of the Fair Market Rental Rate within the time frames set
forth below, then the single Fair Market Rental Rate submitted shall automatically be utilized to
set the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term and shall be binding upon Landlord and
Tenant. If the two (2) brokers are unable to agree within ten (10) business days
Addendum 2, Page 1
after the
Landlord appoints its broker, they shall attempt to select a third broker, meeting the
qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) business days after the last day the two
(2) brokers are given to set the Fair Market Rental Rate. If the two (2) brokers are unable to
agree on the third broker, either Landlord or Tenant by giving ten (10) business days written
notice to the other party, can apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the county in
which the Premises is located for the selection of a third broker who meets the qualifications
stated in this paragraph. Landlord and Tenant each shall bear the costs of their respective
brokers and each shall bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third broker and of paying
the third brokers fee. The third broker, however selected, shall be a person who has not
previously acted in any capacity for either Landlord or Tenant. Within fifteen (15) business days
after the selection of the third broker, the third broker shall select one of the two Fair Market
Rental Rates submitted by the first two brokers to set the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended
Term. The determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate by the third broker shall be binding upon
Landlord and Tenant.
In no event shall the monthly Base Rent for any period of the Extended Term be less than the
highest monthly Base Rent charged during the initial term of the Lease. Upon determination of the
initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term in accordance with the terms outlined above,
Landlord and Tenant shall immediately execute, at Landlords sole option, either the standard lease
agreement then in use by Landlord, or an amendment to this Lease. Such new lease agreement or
amendment, as the case may be, shall set forth among other things, the initial monthly Base Rent
for the Extended Term and the actual commencement date and expiration date of the Extended Term.
Tenant shall have no other right to extend the term of the Lease under this Addendum unless
Landlord and Tenant otherwise agree in writing.
4. Condition of Premises and Brokerage Commissions for the Extended Term. If Tenant timely
and properly exercises this Option, in strict accordance with the terms contained herein: (1)
Tenant shall accept the Premises in its then As-Is condition and, accordingly, Landlord shall not
be required to perform any additional improvements to the Premises; and (2) Tenant hereby agrees
that it will be solely responsible for any and all brokerage commissions and finders fees payable
to any broker now or hereafter procured or hired by Tenant or who otherwise claims a commission
(Tenants Broker) in connection with the Option. Tenant hereby further agrees that Landlord
shall in no event or circumstance be responsible for the payment of any such commissions and fees
to Tenants Broker, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord free and harmless against
any liability, claim, judgment, or damages with respect thereto, including attorneys fees and
costs.
5. Limitations On, and Conditions To, Extension Option. This Option is personal to Tenant
and its Affiliate and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, separate from or as part
of the Lease. At Landlords option, all rights of Tenant and its Affiliate under this Option shall
terminate and be of no force or effect if any of the following individual events occur or any
combination thereof occur with respect to Tenant or its Affiliate: (1) such party has been in
default at any time during the initial term of the Lease, or is in default of any provision of the
Lease on the date Landlord receives the Option Notice; and/or (2) such party has assigned its
rights and obligations under all or part of the Lease or such party has subleased all or part of
the Premises; and/or (3) such partys financial condition is unacceptable to Landlord at the time
the Option Notice is delivered to Landlord; and/or (4) such party has failed to exercise properly
this Option in a timely manner in strict accordance with the provisions of this Addendum; and/or
(5) such party no longer has possession of all or any part of the Premises under the Lease, or if
the Lease has been terminated earlier, pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Lease.
6. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to each and every time
period described in this Addendum.
Addendum 2, Page 2
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
HARMONIC INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUBSIDIARIES
OF THE REGISTRANT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State or Other Jurisdiction |
|
Percent of Voting Securities Owned |
Name |
|
of Incorporation |
|
by Harmonic |
Harmonic (Asia Pacific) Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Delaware, L.L.C. |
|
|
U.S.A. |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Europe S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Germany GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Global Limited |
|
Cayman Islands |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Japan GK |
|
Japan |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic India Private Limited |
|
India |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic International A.G. |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic International Inc. |
|
|
U.S.A. |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic International Limited |
|
Bermuda |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Lightwaves (Israel) Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Norway A.S. |
|
Norway |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Poland Sp. Zo. o |
|
Poland |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Singapore P.T.E. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Spain SL |
|
Spain |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Technologies (HK) Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic (UK) Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Video Networks Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Video Systems Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
|
100 |
% |
Horizon Acquisition Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
|
100 |
% |
Omneon Asia Pacific Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
|
|
100 |
% |
Omneon Japan K.K. |
|
Japan |
|
|
100 |
% |
Omneon Singapore Pte. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
|
100 |
% |
Omneon U.K. Ltd. |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
100 |
% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-159877, 333-105873, 333-91464, 333-84720, 333-59248, 333-43160, 333-86649, 333-65051,
333-44265, 333-136425, 333-116467, 333-38025, 333-140935, 333-154715, 333-19777-99, 333-167197 and 333-169505) and Form
S-3 (Nos. 333-147719, 333-141603, 333-43903, 333-44748, 333-74599, 333-84430 and 333-123823) of
Harmonic Inc. of our report dated March 1, 2011, relating to the financial statements and the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10 K.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
San Jose, California
March 1, 2011
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Patrick J. Harshman, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.; |
|
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report; |
|
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control
over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Carolyn V. Aver, certify that:
|
1. |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.; |
|
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report; |
|
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control
over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Carolyn V. Aver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carolyn V. Aver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Patrick J. Harshman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Harmonic Inc. (the Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the Report), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement
is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report
and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Carolyn V. Aver, Chief Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the
Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Report), fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement is being furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report and shall not be
deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: March 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carolyn V. Aver |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|